Upload
others
View
12
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
4
TVET CERTIFICATE IV in
ELECTRONIC SERVICES
CODE
TSVELO4001
Kigali November, 2017
2 | P a g e
TSVELO4001-TVET CERTIFICATE IV
Electronic services
REQF Level 4 CURRICULUM
i | P a g e
© Workforce Development Authority, 2017
Copies available from:
Workforce Development Authority (WDA)
P. O. BOX 2707 Kigali
Tel: (+250) 255113365
Fax: (+250) 255113365
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.wda.gov.rw
Original published version updated:
November, 2017
ii | P a g e
Copyright
The Competent Development Body of this Curriculum is © Workforce Development Authority
(WDA). Reproduced with permission.
The following copyright warning applies to the material from the Training Package:
All rights reserved. This work has been produced initially with WDA. This work is copyright, but
permission is given to trainers and teachers to make copies by photocopying or other
duplicating processes for use with their own training organizations or in a workplace where the
training is being conducted. This permission does not extend to the making of copies for use
outside the immediate training environment for which they are made, nor the making of copies
for hire or resale to third parties. The views expressed in this version of the work do not
necessarily represent the views of WDA. The competent Body does not give warranty nor
accept any liability.
The WDA owns the copyright on all Curricula. Schools may reproduce this program in part or in
full for bona fide study or classroom purposes only. Acknowledgement of the WDA copyright
must be included on any reproductions. Learners may copy reasonable portions of the
curriculum for the purpose of study. Any other use of this curriculum must be referred to the
WDA. Ph: (+250) 255113365; fax: (+250) 255113365.
© Workforce Development Authority (WDA) 2017
Published by
Workforce Development Authority (WDA)
P. O. BOX 2707 Kigali
Tel: (+250) 255113365
Internet: http:// www.wda.gov.rw
iii | P a g e
Table of Contents
C o p y r i g h t i i
T a b l e o f C o n t e n t s i i i
L i s t o f a b b r e v i a t i o n s v i i
A c k n o w l e d g m e n t s i x
1 . G E N E R A L I N T R O D U C T I O N 1
2 . Q U A L I F I C A T I O N D E T A I L S 2
2.1 Description 2
2.2 Minimum entry requirements 2
2.3 Information about pathways 2
2.4 Job related information 2
2.5 Employability skills and life skills 3
2.6 Information about competencies 4
3 . T R A I N I N G P A C K A G E 6
3.1 Course structure 6
3.2 Competencies chart 6
3.3 Flowchart 8
4 . A S S E S S M E N T G U I D E L I N E S 9
4.1 Assessment Methodology 9
4.2 Portfolio 9
C C M O L 0 0 1 - O C C U P A T I O N A N D L E A R N I N G P R O C E S S 1 2
LU 1: Participate as part of a team and respect the rules of the training environment. 14
LU 2: Explain the occupation and learning process 18
LU 3: Respect the facilitation and apply learning methods. 21
LU 4: Develop personal plans based on self-assessment practices 24
C C M C S 4 0 1 - C O M P U T E R S K I L L S 3 0
LU 1: Protect computer system 32
LU 2: Use Spreadsheet. 38
LU 3: Use Presentation 47
iv | P a g e
C C M Q S 4 0 1 - P R O V I D I N G Q U A L I T Y C U S T O M E R S E R V I C E 5 3
LU 1: Develop and maintain product, service and market knowledge. 56
LU 2: Provide a quality service experience to customers. 63
LU 3: Deal with complaints and difficult customer service situations. 70
LU 4: Manage and use information about clients and customers. 78
C C M H E 4 0 1 - I M P L E M E N T I N G S . H . E . P O L I C I E S A N D P R O C E D U R E S 8 2
LU 1: Identify hazardous areas to be improved. 84
LU 2: Apply SHE practices. 90
LU 3: Assess and control risks. 98
LU 4: Awareness of SHE in working place. 103
C C M E N 4 0 1 - I N T E R M E D I A T E W O R K P L A C E E N G L I S H 1 0 9
LU 1: Write factual, descriptive, and explanatory texts. 112
LU 2: Apply a range of listening strategies to understand predictable messages. 120
LU 3: Discuss general and trade-related topics. 125
LU 4: Read medium texts on general and trade-related topics. 130
C C M K N 4 0 1 - I K I N Y A R W A N D A C Y ’ U M U N Y A M W U G A 1 3 5
LU 1: Gukoresha ubuvanganzo gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga ashyikirana n’abandi. 138
LU 2: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ibyiza by’ikoranabuhanga mu iterambere
ry’umwuga no kugaragaza intêgo y’izina mbonera. 144
LU 3: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ububi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko no
kugaragaza amategeko y’igenamajwi mu izina mbonera. 151
LU 4: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gufata neza
ibidukikije. 158
LU 5: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza akamaro k’ubutabazi bw’ibanze no
kwandika yubahiriza imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda. 164
C C M B P 4 0 1 - B U S I N E S S P L A N D E V E L O P M E N T 1 7 1
LU 1: Identify elements of business plan. 173
LU 2: Write a business plan in line with the identified elements 179
LU 3: Establish strategies to monitor evaluate and update the business plan (Contingency plan). 190
LU 4: Present a business plan 196
v | P a g e
C C M I A 4 0 1 - I N D U S T R I A L A T T A C H M E N T P R O G R A M ( I A P ) 2 0 1
LU 1: Investigate and secure industrial attachment place. 203
LU 2: Deal with workplace challenges. 210
LU 3: Get briefed on industrial attachment program. 214
LU 4: Develop one’s competencies on the workplace. 218
E L O C I 4 0 1 - C C T V C A M E R A I N S T A L L A T I O N 2 2 2
LU 1: Conduct site survey 224
LU 2: Fix and connect the devices 231
LU 3: Configure, test the system and handover the work done 237
E L O C R 4 0 1 - C C T V C A M E R A S Y S T E M R E P A I R 2 4 6
LU 1: Prepare for CCTV camera system repair 248
LU 2: Rectify the fault 254
Summative Assessment 265
E L O W R 4 0 1 - W A L K T H R O U G H M E T A L D E T E C T O R R E P A I R 2 6 8
LU 1: Prepare for walkthrough metal detector repair 270
LU 2: Rectify the fault 276
LU 3: Report the work 283
E L O D R 4 0 1 - D O O R L O C C K C O D E S Y S T E M R E P A I R 2 8 8
LU 1: Prepare for door lock code system repair 290
LU 2: Rectify the fault 295
LU 3: Report the work done 304
E L O F I 4 0 1 - F I R E D E T E C T O R S Y S T E M I N S T A L L A T I O N E Q U I P M E N T 3 0 9
LU 1: Prepare for fire detector system installation 311
LU 2: Fix and connect the devices 318
LU 3: Test the system and handover the work 326
E L O F R 4 0 1 - F I R E D E T E C T O R S Y S T E M R E P A I R 3 3 4
LU 1: Prepare for fire detector system repair 336
LU 2: Troubleshoot fire detector system 342
LU 3: Report the work done 350
vi | P a g e
E L O I I 4 0 1 - I N D U S T R I A L U P S I N S T A L L A T I O N 3 5 5
LU 1: Prepare for industrial UPS installation 357
L U 2: Fix and connect industrial UPS 364
LU 3: Configure and test the UPS 369
LU 4: Report the work 374
E L O I R I 4 0 1 - I N D U S T R I A L U P S R E P A I R 3 7 9
LU 1: Prepare for industrial UPS repair 381
LU 2: Rectify the fault 387
A L O O R 4 0 1 - O F F I C E U P S R E P A I R 4 0 0
LU 1: Prepare for office UPS repair 402
LU 2: Rectify the fault 408
LU 3: Perform basic maintenance of embroidery equipment and tools 415
E L O W R 4 0 1 - W A L K T H R O U G H M E T A L D E T E C T O R R E P A I R 4 2 0
LU 1: Prepare for walkthrough metal detector repair 422
LU 2: Rectify the fault 428
LU 3: Report the work 436
E L O X R 4 0 1 - X - R A Y L U G G A G E S C A N N E R R E P A I R 4 4 1
LU 1: Prepare for X-ray luggage scanner repair 443
LU 2: Rectify the fault 449
LU 3: Report the work done 456
E L O D E 4 0 1 - B A S I C S O F D I G I T A L E L E C T R O N I C S 4 6 1
LU 1: Describe digital electronics 463
LU 2: Apply digital arithetic and basic digital coding 468
LU 3: Apply digital integreted circuits 473
E L O H R 4 0 1 - H A N D H E L D M E T A L D E T E C T O R R E P A I R 4 7 8
LU 1: Prepare for handheld metal detector repair 480
LU 2: Rectify the fault 486
LU 3: Report the work done 493
Summative Assessment 498
G L O S S A R Y
vii | P a g e
List of abbreviations
AC Alternating Current
ASCII American Standard Code Information Intermediate
BCD Binary Coded Decimal
BiCMOS Bipolar Complentary Metal Oxide Semiconductor
BJT Bipolar Junction Transistor
CBA Competency Based Assessment
CCM Cross Cutting Module
CCTV Closed Circuit Televsion
CD Compact Disc
CMA Control Monitor Analysor
CMOS Complentary Metal Oxide Semiconductor
DC Direct Current
DL Diode Logic
DTL Diode Transistor Logic
DVD Digital Versatile Disc
ECL Emitter coupled Logic
ELO Electronic
FET Field Effect Transistor
FTP Flat Test Piece
HHD Hybrid Hard Drive
I2L Integrated Injection Logic
IC Integrated Circuit
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor
OS Operating System
OTP Open Test Piece
PIC Programmable Integrated Circuit
PIR Passive Infrared Sensor
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
RFID Radio Frequency Identification
viii | P a g e
RTL Resistor Transistor Logic
SHE Safety Health and Environment
SSD Solid State Drive
SWOT Strength Weakness Opportunity
TSVELO Technical Services sector/Electronic services Sub-sector
TTL Transistor Transitor Logic
TVET Technical Vocational Education Training
UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply
USB Universal Serial Bus
WDA Workforce Development Authority
ix | P a g e
Acknowledgments
Workforce Development Authority wishes to thank the following persons who participated in
the development of this curriculum:
Coordination
RWAMASIRABO Aimable
Facilitators
MUKANGARAMBE Judith
Curriculum Development Team
MUSABYIMANA Jean Pierre
NSENGIMANA Telesphore
MUNYEMANZI Jimmy Christian
ABIZEYE Louis Bonheur
NKUSI Deo
KABALISA Jules
MUZIMANGANYE Jean Pierre
IYATUREMYE Aime
SHYAKA Frank
1 | P a g e
1. GENERAL INTRODUCTION
The curriculum presents a coherent and significant set of competencies to
acquire to perform the occupation of an electronic security system technician,
UPS (office and industrial) technician and CCTV camera system technician. It
is designed with an approach that takes into account the training needs, the work situation, as
well as the goals and the means to implement training.
The modules of the curriculum include a description of the expected results at the end of
training. They have a direct influence on the choice of the theoretical and practical learning
activities. The competencies are the targets of training: the acquisition of each is required for
certification.
The curriculum is the reference to carry out the assessment of learning. Assessment tools of
learning are developed on the basis of this document.
The curriculum consists of three parts. The first part is of general interest and shows the nature
and goals of a program and the key concepts and definitions used in the document. The second
part presents the qualification, its level in the qualification framework, its purpose, its rationale
and the list of modules it comprises. The third part deals with the training package. It includes
the competencies chart, the sequencing of module learning, the description of each module
and the course structure.
The pages describing the modules are the heart of a curriculum. They present the title of the
module, the length of training, the amount of credits, the context in which the competency is
performed, the prerequisite competencies, the learning units and the performance criteria.
In each module, a course structure is provided. The course structure describes the learning
outcomes (knowledge, skills and attitude) and the learning contents related to each learning
unit. Also, the learning activities and resources for learning are suggested.
Finally, the assessment specifications and guidelines are included in each module.
Section
1
2 | P a g e
Section
2
2. QUALIFICATION DETAILS
2.1 Description
This qualification provides the skills,
knowledge and attitudes for a learner to be
competent in tasks and activities that
require the application of practical skills in a
defined context. Work would be
undertaken in various Technical Services
Sector/Industries where Electronic Services
specifically, installation and repair of
Electronic security system, CCTV camera
system and UPS. Learners may work alone
or under supervision.
At the end of this qualification, qualified
learners will be able to:
Describe the occupation and learning process
Implement health safety and environment precaution
Develop business plan
Provide quality customer service
Apply Computer Skills
Use Intermediate English at workplace
Gukoresha i Kinyarwanda cy’ umunyamwuga
Apply basics of digital electronics
Repair hand held metal detector
Repair walkthrough metal detector
Repair X-ray luggage scanner
Install door lock code system
Repair door lock code system
Install fire detector system
Repair fire detector system
Repair office UPS
Install industrial UPS
Repair industrial UPS
Install CCTV camera system
Repair CCTV camera system
Integrate the workplace
2.2 Minimum entry requirements
The minimum entry requirement to this
qualification is to be mentally fit with broad
knowledge, skills and attitude of electronics
background.
Title: TVET Certificate IV in Electronic Service
Level: REQF Level 4
Credits: 120
Sector: Technical services Services
Sub-sector: Electronic Services
Issue date: November, 2017
2 | P a g e
2.3 Information about pathways
2.4 Job related information
This qualification prepares individuals to integrate the Technical Services Sector with the
professionalization in installing and repairing electronic security system, CCTV camera system and UPS.
It also offers the opportunity to execute the works as electronic security system technician, CCTV
camera system technician and UPS technician.
Possible jobs related to this qualification
Electronic security systems technician
UPS technician
CCTV camera system technician
Preferred pathways for candidates entering
this qualification include:
TVET Certificate III in Electronic service
Recognition of prior learning related
to this qualification
Progression route of candidates achieving
this qualification include:
TVET Certificate V in Electronic
service
A range of other related TVET
Certificate V qualifications.
Pathways into the qualification
Pathways from the qualification
3 | P a g e
2.5 Employability skills and life skills
Through the generic modules, individuals with this qualification have acquired the life and
employability skills to meet the following industry or enterprise requirements:
Communication
Documenting technical work in plain English
Writing and presenting reports
Working collaboratively with project team members
Safety and security precautions
Applying safety, security rules and regulations
Health and environment
Identifying hazardous areas to be improved
Applying SHE practices
Assessing and controlling risks
Business Plan
Developing a business plan in accordance with a business idea
Planning and organizing
Preparing feasibility reports that take into account project scope, time, cost, quality,
communications and risk management
Self-management
Taking responsibility for own outputs in relation with specified quality standards
Working according to the Rwandan Society Code of Ethics regarding security, legal, moral and
ethical issues
4 | P a g e
Technology
Manipulate electronic devices
Using internet
Languages other than Kinyarwanda
Using English as the medium of communication in the working environment
2.6 Information about competencies
No Code Complementary competencies Credit
1 CCMOL001 Describe the occupation and learning process 3
2 CCMCS401 Apply Computer skills 3
3 CCMQS401 Provide quality customer service 3
4 CCMHE401 Implement SHE policies and procedures 3
5 CCMEN401 Use intermediate English at workplace 3
6 CCMKN401 Gukoresha I Kinyarwanda cy’umunyamwuga 3
7 CCMDB401 Develop business plan 3
8 CCMIA401 Integrate the workplace 30
Total 51
5 | P a g e
Number of competencies: 21 Core competencies : 13 Complementary competencies : 8 The total number of Credits: 120
No Code Core competencies Credit
GEN
ERA
L
1 ELODE401 Apply basics of digital electronics 5
SPEC
IFIC
2 ELOHR401 Repair handheld metal detector 4
3 ELOWR401 Repair walk through metal detector 4
4 ELOXR401 Repair X-ray luggage scanner 4
5 ELOFI401 Install fire detector system 5
6 ELOFR401 Repair fire detector system 5
7 ELODI401 Install door lock code system 6
8 ELODR401 Repair door lock code system 5
9 ELOOR401 Repair office UPS 5
10 ELOII401 Install industrial UPS 4
11 ELOIR401 Repair industrial UPS 8
12 ELOCI401 Install CCTV camera system 7
13 ELOCR401 Repair CCTV camera system 7
Total 69
6 | P a g e
3. TRAINING PACKAGE
The training package includes the competencies chart, the flowchart, the
modules, the course structure, and the assessment guidelines.
3.1 Course structure
The course structure describes the learning outcomes for each learning unit. These learning
outcomes are the essential skills and knowledge to be acquired. The contents to be covered for
each learning outcome are prescriptive. The Learning Activities contain a series of suggestions,
usually with several options, that will guide the learner and the trainer.
3.2 Competencies chart
The competencies chart is a table that presents an overview of the specific competencies, the
general competencies, the work process and the time allocated to each competency. This table
provides an overall view of the competencies of the training program and allows identification
of the logical sequence of the learning of these competencies.
The competencies chart shows the relationship between general competencies and specific
competencies that are particular to the occupation, as well as the key stages of the work
process. It shows the links between the elements in the horizontal axis and those in the vertical
axis. The symbol (ο) marks a relationship between a general competency and specific
competency. The symbol (∆) indicates a relationship between a specific competency and a step
in the process of work. When the symbols are darkened, it indicates that the link is taken into
account in the description of the specific competency.
The competencies chart allows the trainer to consider the complexity of the competencies in
the organization of the progress of learning. Therefore, the vertical axis shows the specific
competencies in the order they should be acquired.
This is the starting point of the presentation of the competencies in the flowchart presented in
the following pages.
Section
3
7 | P a g e
Figure 1: Competencies chart
Between the process and particular competencies | Between general and particular
competencies
▲: Functional link application ●: Functional link application
∆: Functional link existence ο: Functional link existence
Dur
atio
n (
640
Hrs
)
Cond
uct
site
sur
vey
Sele
ct t
ools
, mat
eria
ls a
nd e
quip
men
t
Prep
are
the
wor
kpla
ce
Exec
ute
the
wor
k
Clea
n th
e w
orkp
lace
Rep
ort
the
wor
k do
ne
Han
dove
r th
e w
ork
and
invo
ice
Des
crib
e th
e oc
cupa
tion
and
lear
ning
proc
ess
Guk
ores
ha i
Kiny
arw
anda
cy’
umun
yam
wug
a
Impl
emen
t he
alth
saf
ety
and
envi
ronm
ent
prec
auti
on
Ap
ply
Com
pute
r Sk
ills
Use
Int
erm
edia
te E
nglis
h at
wor
kpla
ce
Prov
ide
qual
ity
cust
omer
ser
vice
Dev
elop
bus
ines
s pl
an
Inte
grat
e w
ork
plac
e
Ap
ply
basi
cs o
f di
gita
l ele
ctro
nics
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Duration (560 Hrs) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 300
50
1 Repair handheld metal detector 40 ∆ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○
2 Repair walk through metal detector 40 ∆ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○
3 Repair X-ray luggage scanner 40 ∆ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○
4 Insta l l fi re detector system 50 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ●
5 Repair fi re detector system 50 ∆ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ●
6 Insta l l door lock code system 60 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ●
7 Repair door lock code system 50 ∆ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ●
8 Repair office UPS 50 ∆ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ●
9 Insta l l industria l UPS 40 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ●
10 Repair industria l UPS 80 ∆ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ●
11 Insta l l CCTV camera system 70 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ●
12 Repair CCTV camera system 70 ∆ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ●
Electronic security system technician, CCTV camera
technician, and UPS technician
SPECIFIC COMPETENCIES
#
PROCESS GENERAL AND COMPLEMENTARY COMPETENCIES
8 | P a g e
3.3 Flowchart
The flowchart of sequencing of learning is a schematic representation of the order of
acquisition of the competencies. It provides an overall planning of the entire training
programme and shows the relationship between the modules. This type of planning is to ensure
consistency and progression of learning. For each module, the flowchart shows the learning
that is already in place, the learning that is to take in parallel or later. The positions defined will
have a decisive impact on all subsequent pedagogical choices. The flowchart of the sequence of
learning of the modules of the training programme is presented on the following page.
Figure 2: Flowchart
Occupation and learning process 3
Computer skills 3 Providing quality customer service 3
Implementing S.H.E. Policies and procedures 3 Intermediate workplace english 3
Ikinyarwanda cy’umunyamwuga 3
Basics of digital electronics 5
Handheld metal detector repair 4 Walkthrough metal detector repair 4
X-ray luggage scanner repair 4 Fire detector system installation 5
Fire detector system repair 5 Door lock code installation 6
Door lock code repair 5
Office UPS repair 5 Industrial UPS installation 4
Industrial UPS repair 8
CCTV camera system installation 7 CCTV camera system repair 7
Business plan development 3
Industrial attachment program (IAP) 30
9 | P a g e
4. ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES
4.1 Assessment Methodology
To assess knowledge, practical, and application skills through a jury system of continuous
evaluation that encourages learners to display understanding of the principles in application to
set practical tasks and their attendant theory to assess self-learning.
4.2 Portfolio
A portfolio is a collection of learner work representing learner performance. It is a folder (or
binder or even a digital collection) containing the learner’s work as well as the learner’s
evaluation of the strengths and weaknesses of the work. Portfolios reflect not only work
produced (such as papers and assignments, direct demonstration, indirect demonstration,
products, documents), but also it is a record of the activities undertaken over time as part of
learner learning. The portfolio is meant to show learner growth, development, and
achievements in the education system. It also shows that you have met specific learning goals
and requirements. A portfolio is not a project; it is an ongoing process for the formative
assessment. The portfolio output (formative assessment) will be considered only as enough for
complementary and general modules. Besides, it will serve as a verification tool for each
candidate that he/she attended the whole training before he/she undergoes the summative
assessment for specific modules.
There are two types of assessment (Formative Assessment and Summative/Integrated
Assessment). Each assessment has its own rule for passing to be declared competent.
Formative Assessment
This is applied on all types of modules (e.g. Complementary, General and Specific modules)
A trainee to be competent for a formative module must have at least 70% on checked
items or “yes” in indicators (e.g. questions, indicators in the checklist)
Each trainee should be competent on all formative assessments to be declared competent
on that module
All formative assessment should be declared competent before taking the
summative/integrated assessment
Section
4
10 | P a g e
Summative/Integrated Assessment
All Summative/Integrated assessment should match with the content of the module in the
curriculum.
Summative/Integrated Assessment is always in practical, giving it as a theoretical type of
assessment is not acceptable.
The integrated situation provided in the curriculum is a sample of the assessment to be
carried out, the Trainer/Teacher has the role of developing another one referring to the
task to be carried out in the integrated situation in accordance to the circumstances inside
school, but the integrated situation should stick on the components of a task.
During Summative/Integrated assessment, assessor panel members should be three (3).
This Summative/Integrated assessment can be seen in specific modules and the Trainee
can be declared competent by the following rules:
For YES or NO scoring of indicators in Summative/Integrated Checklist
The trainee can be declared competent based on the assessment CRITERIA and its respective
assessment indicators
Assessment Criteria Passing Line in the
assessment indicators
Quality of Process 90%
Quality of Product 100%
Relevance 90%
Rest of Criteria/ any other criteria
(example: Safety)
100%
11 | P a g e
Note: the Assessor should check if the 10% indicator (Quality of Process and Relevance) in
which the Trainee was not able to meet during Summative/Integrated Assessment should not
be among those indicators that can cause any hazard, or the one indicator that is performed
poorly where there is room for improvement.
1. During assessment, trainees with special needs (e.g. people with disability) should be
assisted accordingly.
2. Deputy School Manager in-charge of Studies, Class Teacher, and Trainer should consider
the status (competent/not yet competent) of trainees before delivering the next module
with pre-requisites.
3. Respect of flowchart particularly in considering the delivery of modules which has
prerequisite of a following/subsequent module is considered in issuing TVET certificate,
otherwise other modules can be given anytime.
4. All evidences during assessment (e.g. quiz, checklist, forms) should have a written form
that is compiled in the Trainer (source) and Trainee (result) portfolio. Portfolio is the
responsibility of School, Class Teacher, and Trainees. It should be given to trainees after
certification.
5. Industrial Attachment Program (IAP)
- All Trainees should finish and declared competent on all modules before taking IAP
module.
- Trainees should finish and declared competent on the 30 hours content of IAP
module written in the curriculum before they go to workplace or industry.
- The school should organize visit for all trainees in the workplace or industry to
confirm and assist IAP especially in filling up the logbook.
- An interview to the trainee should be conducted in the school after the IAP has
been completed and should be documented in the trainee portfolio.
- All completed logbooks should be part of the trainee portfolio.
12 | P a g e
C C M O L 0 0 1 - OCCUPATION AND LEARNING PROCESS
CCMOL001 Describe the occupation and learning process
REQF Level: All Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This module is covered first in all qualifications. It allows the learner to get to know the other
participants to the training programme and to understand himself/herself as part of a team.
Also, the trainee will develop a comprehensive and clear vision of the occupation and the
training programme. The module will allow the participant to avoid mistakes of career
guidance and confirm or deny his/her choice from the start. The training and learning
methods are presented to the learner. This approach encourages greater motivation and,
subsequently, a better integration of various learning.
13 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competency and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competency Performance criteria
1. Participate as part of a team
and respect the rules of the
training environment
1.1 Proper introduction of oneself
1.2 Appropriate integration in team
1.3 Appropriate participation in setting rules and adhere
to them
2. Explain the occupation and
learning process
2.1 Proper description of the main/major elements of
occupation
2.2 Adequate explanation about the one’s qualification
3. Respect the facilitation and
apply learning methods
3.1 Proper engagement in active and participatory
learning methods
3.2 Adequate description of the assessment procedures
4. Develop personal plans
based on self-assessment
practices
4.1 Proper identification of values, skills and interests
4.2 Proper assessment of values, skills and interests
4.3 Correct Setting of goals
4.4 Proper development of plans in order to reach the
set goals
4.5 Proper assessment of one’s learning style
4.6 Adequate identification of learning strategies
14 | P a g e
LU 1: Participate as part of a team and respect the rules of the training environment.
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Introduce oneself and get to know one another 2. Intergrate in team 3. Participate in setting rules and adhere to them
6 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Introduce oneself and get to know one another
Introductions
Expectations about the
training
o Introduction
o Game
Presentation of trainees’ expectations
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 1.1
Performance criterion
Proper introduction of one self.
Resources Learning activities Content
15 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written assessment (Recommendation: ranking exercise)
Group work (e.g. role play or scenario)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Learner opens introduction with a greeting
Learner says their name
Learner includes his/her background (academic, technical & work qualifications)
Learner closes introduction (e.g. “I am happy to be with you”)
Learner demonstrates consistent eye contact
Learner displays appropriate body language
Speaks in at an audible level
Learner is able to express his/her expectations
Learner is able to share his/her hobbies/interests
Learner is able to link his/her background to his/her future interests
Learner is able to advocate for his/her abilities, skills, interests
Learner uses advanced body language techniques
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Intergrate in team
Working as a team
Building trust
o Game
o Group discussions
- Trainer manual
Resources Learning activities Content
16 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
Practical task of a team
Checklist Score
Yes No
Closeness/cohesion
Active participation
Responsibilities taker
Mutual collaboration with others
Openness/free expression
Open to criticism/flexibility
Contribution of someone
Complying with rules set
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Participate in setting rules and adhere to them
Rules of the classroom
Group responsibilities
o Brainstorming
o Discussions
o Assign class tasks
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 1.3
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Appropriate integration in team.
17 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Practical task of a team
Checklist Score
Yes No
Signed commitment contract
Occupation title
Duties and responsibilities
Observation
Performance criterion
Appropriate participation in setting rules and adhere to them.
18 | P a g e
LU 2: Explain the occupation and learning process
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe the main/major elements of occupation 2. Explain about the one’s qualification
12 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Describe the main/major elements of occupation
Characteristics of the occupation
Place of the occupation in the sector
The impact/importance of the occupation in economic development
Working conditions
o Group discussion o Personal research o Visit of a business in the
neighborhood
- Pictures of people in working situation
- Documents describing the occupation
- Documents describing the sector
Formative Assessment 2.1
Performance criterion
Proper description of the main/major elements of occupation
Resources Learning activities Content
19 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Essay
Verbal explanation (interview)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Working conditions
Equipment tools and materials
Equipment tools and materials
REQF level
Equipment tools and materials
Award certificate
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Explain about the one’s qualification
Rationale of the qualification
Content of the training programme (modules)
Duration Flowchart
Pathways (exit level & further learning)
Presentation of the timetable
Presentation of the classrooms and workshops
o Presentation by the teacher o Research o Visits of the premises of the
school.
- Overview of the training programme
- Testimonies of people performing the occupation
- School year calendar - Timetable
Resources Learning activities Content
20 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Written exercise
Verbal explanation (interview)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Entry requirement
Pathways into the qualification
Duration
Qualification details
Pathways after the qualification
Following instructions
Responsibilities taker
Social interdependence
Commitment of learners
Observation
Performance criterion
Adequate explanation about the qualification
21 | P a g e
LU 3: Respect the facilitation and apply learning methods.
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Engage in active and participatory learning methods 2. Describe the assessment procedures
2 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Engage in active and participatory learning methods
Overview of the active and participatory teaching and learning methods
Experiential learning cycle
o Experience sharing. o Presentation by the trainer
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 3.1
Performance criterion
Proper engagement in active and participatory learning methods
Resources Learning activities Content
22 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Scenarios of learning style analysis Role play on engagement and participatory learning methods
Checklist Score
Yes No
Results of assignment
Active participation
Responsibilities taker
Openness/free expression
Formative assessment
Summative assessment
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Describe the assessment procedures
Assessment procedures Timing Assessors/verifiers Assessment tools
(portfolio & integrated situation)
o Presentation by the trainer - Assessment manual
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Adequate description of the assessment procedures
Resources Learning activities Content
23 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
written assessment
Verbal explanation (interview)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Time of assessment
Roles of Assessors
Roles of verifiers
List values
List of skills
Observation
24 | P a g e
LU 4: Develop personal plans based on self-assessment practices
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify values, skills and interests 2. Assess values, skills and interests 3. Set goals 4. Develop plans 5. Assess one’s learning style
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Identify values, skills and interests
Values, skills and interests
Relating values, skills and interests to the workplace
Formative Assessment 4.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
values, skills and interest identification exercise scenario/case study analysis
Performance criterion
Proper identification of values, skills and interests
Resources Learning activities Content
25 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
List of interest
List of qualities
Own strengths
areas of improvement
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2: Assess values, skills and interests
Skills & qualities assessment
Acceptance of diversity, self-esteem & confidence
o Individual work o Exercise on we are all unique
- individual assessment checklist
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence values, skills and interest self-assessment exercise
JOHARI window assessment
Performance criterion
Proper assessment of values, skills and interests
Resources Learning activities Content
26 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
List of interest
List of qualities
Own strengths
areas of improvement
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.3: Set goals
SMART goals
Identification of goals Short term Long term
Process for setting and achieving goals:
Identifying steps Time frame Resources
o Group work o Tree drawing & interpretation o Discussion about displayed
pictures on setting & achieving goals
o Exercises on developing SMART goals
o Practical exercises on developing personal plans
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Written exercise
Project work
Performance criterion
Correct Setting of goals
Resources Learning activities Content
27 | P a g e
Checklist (Correct Setting of goals) Score
Yes No
Medium term SMART goals set
Long term SMART goals set
Strategies to reach set goal
Roadmap/timeframe
Medium term SMART goals set
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.4: Develop plans
SMART goals
Identification of goals Short term Long term
Process for setting and achieving goals:
Identifying steps Time frame Resources
o Group work o Tree drawing & interpretation o Discussion about displayed
pictures on setting & achieving goals
o Exercises on developing SMART goals
o Practical exercises on developing personal plans
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 4.4
Checklist (Proper development of plans in order to reach the set goal) Score
Yes No
Resources required
Activities to be performed
Possible obstacles
follow up on goal/progress report against set goal Action to be taken
One's learning style type (s)
features of one's learning styles (s)
Observation
Resources Learning activities Content
28 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.5: Assess one’s learning style
Types of learning styles
Determining one’s preferred way of learning
Strategies for using one’s learning style in workplace/school
o Paper folding activities o Completing self-assessment
learning style o Scenario based activities
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 4.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
VARK questionnaire
Scenario analysis
Checklist Score
Yes No
Learning style
Kinaesthetic
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper assessment of one’s learning style
Resources Learning activities Content
29 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.6: Identification of learning strategies
Formative Assessment 4.6
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Scenario analysis
Checklist Score
Yes No
Auditory
Visual
Learning strategies for each style
Observation
Reference books: 1. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods
Project. 2. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods
Project.
Performance criterion
Adequate identification of learning strategies
Resources Learning activities Content
30 | P a g e
C C M C S 4 0 1 - COMPUTER SKILLS
CCMCS401 Apply Computer Skills
REQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
The use of ICT in several areas has grown appreciably in recent years. ICT products are now
used by most people, ranging from mobile phones and digital TVs through to personal
computers and the World Wide Web. This qualification focuses on providing skills, experience
and confidence for those learners who struggle to make the most of technology to demonstrate
creative thinking, problem solving and knowledge construction. It focuses on completing
workplace tasks, such as creating documents with text, graphics and numerical information
using commonly used tools such as: Microsoft Office – Excel, PowerPoint. Also the leaner will
have the skills on how to protect the data in the computer systems.
31 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competency and perfomance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competency Performance criteria
1. Participate as part of a team
and respect the rules of the
training environment
1.1 Proper introduction of oneself
1.2 Appropriate integration in team
1.3 Appropriate participation in setting rules and adhere
to them
2. Explain the occupation and
learning process
2.1 Proper description of the main/major elements of
occupation
2.2 Adequate explanation about the one’s qualification
3. Respect the facilitation and
apply learning methods
3.1 Proper engagement in active and participatory
learning methods
3.2 Adequate description of the assessment procedures
4. Develop personal plans
based on self-assessment
practices
4.1 Proper identification of values, skills and interests
4.2 Proper assessment of values, skills and interests
4.3 Correct Setting of goals
4.4 Proper development of plans in order to reach the
set goals
4.5 Proper assessment of one’s learning style
4.6 Adequate identification of learning strategies
32 | P a g e
LU 1: Protect computer system
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Install software utilities 2. Scan and Eliminate virus 3. Backup of computer data based on OS 4. Restore computer data based on OS installed
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Install software utilities
Description of software tools utilities Anti-virus Anti-malware Anti-spyware Adware Backup software Backup media
Installation of software tools\utilities Anti-virus Anti-malware Anti-spyware Adware Backup software Backup media
o Brainstorming on security software
o Group discussion on computer security
o Practical exercise on antivirus
installation
- Computer Lab - Projector - Computer with OS installed - White Board - Markers - Computer Lab with
internet access - Projector - Computer with OS installed - Antivirus
Resources Learning activities Content
33 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or Oral
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Description of software tools utilities
Installation of software tools\utilities: Anti-virus Anti-malware Anti-spyware Adware Backup software Backup media
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper installation of software utilities according to the manufacturer
specifications
34 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2: Scan and Eliminate virus
Description of scan types Full system scan On demand scan On access scan
Description of san mode Manual Automatic Scheduled
Description of virus elimination Elimination by neutralization Elimination by deleting Elimination by quarantine
o Presentation on computer virus scan types
o Brainstorming on computer virus scan
o Practical exercises on
computer virus scan
o Computer Lab with internet access
o Projector o Computer with OS
installed o Antivirus o White Board o Markers
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
Written
Oral
Multiple choice
Expose /presentation
Task on scanning viruses
Checklist Score
Yes No
Description of scan types and san mode
Description of virus elimination
Virus elimination Elimination by neutralization Elimination by deleting Elimination by quarantine
Observation
Performance criterion
Regular computer scan and elimination of virus as per safety standards
Resources Learning activities Content
35 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Backup of computer data based on OS
Selection of backup types Normal/Full backup Copy backup Differential backup Incremental backup Daily backups
Selection of common backup devices Tape drive Digital audio tape(DAT)
drives Auto-loader tape
systems Magnetic optical drives Removable disks Disk drives
o Brainstorming on backup types o Practical exercises on backup
o Computer Lab with internet access
o Projector o Computer with OS installed o Antivirus o White Board o Markers
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Performance
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation )
Task on backing up data
Performance criterion
Accurate backup of computer data based on OS installation
Resources Learning activities Content
36 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of backup types
Selection of common backup devices
backup on various devices Tape drive Digital audio tape(DAT) drives Auto-loader tape systems Magnetic optical drives Removable disks Disk drives
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.4: Restore computer data based on OS installed
Selection restore devices HHD/SSD USB/ Flash Driver Tapes drives Magnetic optical drives CDs DVDs Disc drives
o Brainstorming on backup types
o Practical exercises on data
restore
o Computer Lab with internet access
o Hard disk drive o Flash drive o Tape drive o CDs, DVDs o Projector o Computer with OS installed o Antivirus
Formative Assessment 1.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Appropriate restoring of computer data based on OS installed
Resources Learning activities Content
37 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Performance
Matching
Expose (presentation )
Task on restoring data
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of restoring devices
Restoring of data on HHD/SSD USB/ Flash Driver Tapes drives Magnetic optical drives CDs DVDs Disc drives
Observation
38 | P a g e
LU 2: Use Spreadsheet.
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe elements of spreadsheet application 2. Use basic spreadsheet tasks 3. Format cell and their contents 4. Manage Sheets in workbook 5. Use essential functions 6. Optimize data (sorting, filtering, contiguous data) 15 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Describe elements of spreadsheet application
Description of Workbooks and
Worksheets Cells Headings Formula bar Formatting tool Formula bar Colum headers Row headers Active Cell reference status bar application bar Spreadsheets tab Horizontal scroll bar Vertical scroll bar
o Brainstorming on elements of spreadsheet application
o Demonstration on elements of spreadsheet application
o Group discussions on elements
of spreadsheet application
o Computer o Projector o software o Whiteboard o Marker o Duster o Text books o Lecture notes o Papers o Internet
Resources Learning activities Content
39 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation )
Checklist Score
Yes No
Description of Workbooks and Worksheets
Description of Cells
Description of Headings
Description of Formula bar
Description of Formatting Tools
Description of Formula bar
Description of Colum headers
Description of Row headers
Description of Active Cell reference
Description of status bar
Description of application bar
Description of Spreadsheets tab
Description of Horizontal scroll bar
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper description of elements of spreadsheet application
40 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2: Use basic spreadsheet tasks
Open
Close
New document
Undo
Save
Save as….
Sheet
Selecting a cell
Deleting Cell contents
Modifying cell contents
Selecting group of cells
Increase and reduce the cell size
Delete row and Colum
Duplicate cell
o Brainstorming on basic spreadsheet tasks
o Group discussions on opening, closing, new document, save and save us a new document.
o Practical exercises on selecting, deleting, modifying a group of cells
o Practical exercises on deleting
row ad Colum
- Computer - Projector - software - Whiteboard - Marker - Duster - Text books - Lecture notes - Papers - Internet -
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Performance criterion
Proper formatting of cells and their content
Resources Learning activities Content
41 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Formatting of text and cells Choice font, size, color Adjustment of Cow height Alignment of cell Formatting of Number Insertion of rows Merging cells Creating of border
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.3: Format cell and their contents
Formatting text and cells
Choosing font, size, color
Adjusting Cow height
Alignment of cell
Formatting Number
Inserting rows
Merging cells
Creating borders
Patterns
o Demonstration on formatting, text and cells
o Group discussions on choosing font, size and color.
o Practical exercises on Inserting
and formatting row ,number,
creation of border and partners
- Computer - Projector - software - Text books - Lecture notes - Papers - Internet
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper management of sheets in workbook
Resources Learning activities Content
42 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of Sheet Renaming of a Sheet Insertion of new sheets Moving of a Sheet in a workbook Deleting a sheet
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.4: Manage Sheets in workbook
Selecting a Sheet
Renaming a Sheet
Insert new sheets
Moving a Sheet in a workbook
Deleting a sheet
o Demonstration on selection of sheets
o Group discussions on inserting new sheet
o Practical exercises on inserting and formatting sheets
o Practical exercises on moving
sheet in workbook.
- Computer - Projector - software - Text books - Internet
Formative Assessment 2.4
Performance criterion
Adequate using of essential functions
Resources Learning activities Content
43 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Use of Numbers and Mathematical calculations Use of Addition operation Use of Multiplication operation Use of Division operation Use of Subtraction operation Use of AutoSum operation Use of Function operation Use of Average operation Use of Min operation use of Max operation
Observation
44 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.5: Use essential functions
Use of Numbers and
Mathematical calculations
Addition Multiplication Division Subtraction AutoSum Function Average Minimum Maximum Count numbers
o Demonstration on number and mathematical calculations
o Group discussions on addition, multiplication and division operations.
o Practical exercises on number and mathematical calculations
o Practical exercises on
mathematical function(average,
minimum, maximum and count
numbers
- Computer - Projector - software - Whiteboard - Marker - Duster - Text books - Lecture notes - Papers - Internet
Formative Assessment 2.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Performance criterion
Proper optimization of data
Resources Learning activities Content
45 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Sorting of data by multiple columns at the same time Creation of customized list and performing a custom sort Automatically filter of list in place Application of filter options to a list Use of automatic sub-totaling features Expanding, collapsing outline detail levels
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.6: Optimize data (sorting, filtering, contiguous data)
Sorting data by multiple columns at the same time
Creation of customized list and performing a custom sort
Automatically filter of list in place
Application of filter options to a list
Use of automatic sub-totalling features
Expanding, collapsing outline detail levels
o Brainstorming on data optimizations(sorting, filtering, contiguous data )
o Demonstration on sorting by multiple columns and creation of customized list
o Group discussions on application of filter options to a list
o Practical exercises data
optimization
- Computer - Projector - software - Whiteboard - Marker - Duster - Text books - Lecture notes - Papers - Internet
Formative Assessment 2.6
Performance criterion
Proper optimization of data
Resources Learning activities Content
46 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Sorting of data by multiple columns at the same time Creation of customized list and performing a custom sort Automatically filter of list in place Application of filter options to a list Use of automatic sub-totaling features Expanding, collapsing outline detail levels Sorting of data by multiple columns at the same time Creation of customized list and performing a custom sort Automatically filter of list in place
Observation
47 | P a g e
LU 3: Use Presentation
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe elements of presentation application 2. Manage a slide 3. Use Templates 4. Apply Animation and sound in presentation
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Describe elements of presentation application
Title Bar
Menu Bar
Toolbars
Formatting tool bar
Standard toolbar
Outline slides tabbed planes
View button
Status bar
Tri-panel view
Drawing toolbar
Office asset
Task pane
Help
o Brainstorming on elements of presentation application
o Group discussions on elements of presentation application
o Demonstration on elements of
presentation application
o Computer o Projector o software o Text books
Formative Assessment 3.1
Performance criterion
Proper description of elements of presentation application
Resources Learning activities Content
48 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation
Checklist Score
Yes No
Description of Title Bar
Description of Menu Bar
Description of Toolbars
Description of Formatting tool bar
Description of Standard toolbar
Description of Outline slides tabbed planes
Description of View button
Description of Status bar
Description of Tri-panel view
Description of Drawing toolbar
Description of Office asset
Description of Task pane
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Manage a slide
Creating a new slide
Modifying a slide
Duplicate selected slides
Slide from outline
Reusing slides
Entering a text
Formatting a slide
o Demonstration on creation, formatting of a new slide
o Group discussions on modification, duplication of slides
o Practical exercises on slide management
o Computer o Projector o software o Text books o Internet
Resources Learning activities Content
49 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Creation of a new slide
Modification of slide
Duplication of selected slides
Slide from outline
Reuse of slides
Entering a text
Formatting of slide
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper slides formatting
50 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3: Use Templates
Design new template
Insert a template
Remove a template
Editing a template
o Brainstorming on use of templates
o Demonstration on design of new slide
o Practical exercises on design template, inserting templates, removing a new template and editing a template
o Computer o Projector o software o Text books o Internet
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Design of new template
Insertion of a template
Removing a template
Editing of a template
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper using of templates
Resources Learning activities Content
51 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.4: Apply Animation and sound in presentation
Slide translation
Translation sound
Translation speed
Custom animation
o Brainstorming on slide translation
o Demonstration on translation sound
o Group discussions on elements of spreadsheet application
o Practical exercises on animation and sound in slides
o Computer o Projector o software o Text books o Internet
Formative Assessment 3.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Translation of Slide
Translation of sound
Translation of speed
Custom animation
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper application of Animation and sound in presentation
Resources Learning activities Content
52 | P a g e
References:
1. https://www.ctdlc.org/remediation/indexComputer.html
2. https://www.ctdlc.org/remediation/mouse.html
3. https://www.ctdlc.org/remediation/software.html
4. https://www.ctdlc.org/remediation/copypaste.html
5. https://cce.sydney.edu.au/course/BCEI
6. http://www.ecdl.ch/
7. https://www.google.rw/search?q=spreadsheet+application+parts&dcr=0&source=lnms&tbm=is
ch&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwjUnLiHu5_XAhXG1hQKHecWCmsQ_AUICigB&biw=1366&bih=662
8. https://www.thoughtco.com/excel-step-by-step-basic-tutorial-3123501
9. https://chandoo.org/wp/excel-basics/
10. https://www.google.rw/search?q=powerpoint+presentation+parts&dcr=0&source=lnms&tbm=i
sch&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwin-
fHhu5_XAhWI8RQKHdqPAN4Q_AUICigB&biw=1366&bih=662#imgrc=boZUYisyVUdFkM:
11. http://emerald.tufts.edu/as/tampl/program99/workshops/ws5_components.html
53 | P a g e
C C M Q S 4 0 1 - PROVIDING QUALITY CUSTOMER SERVICE
CCMQS401 Provide quality customer service
REQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This module describes the skills, knowledge and attitude required to provide quality customer
service and deal with any matter related to business during, before and after a service
delivery.
The module will allow the participant to identify opportunities for products and services
delivery and reflect on information received to devise changes and suggest coping strategies.
Moreover, the trainee will also develop and use communication techniques intended for the
management of the complaints and ways of recording customer information.
54 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competency and perfomance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competency Performance criteria
1. Develop and maintain product, service and market knowledge.
1.1 Proper identification of opportunities and use of formal and informal research to develop and maintain knowledge of products and services.
1.2 Appropriate use of customer feedback and workplace observation to evaluate products, services and promotional initiatives and identify changes in customer preferences, needs and expectations.
1.3 Effective sharing of market, product and service knowledge obtained with colleagues to enhance the effectiveness of the team.
1.4 Suggestion of ideas to appropriate person for product and service adjustments to meet customer needs for future planning according to organization policy.
2. Provide a quality service experience to customers.
2.1. Determination and clarification of customer preferences, needs and expectations.
2.2. Proper offering of accurate information about appropriate products and services to customers to meet their needs and expectations.
2.3. Anticipation of customer preferences needs and expectations throughout the service experience and provide products and services in a timely manner, appropriate to individual needs and preferences, and according to organization standards.
2.4. Offering possible extras and add-ons appropriately and provision of personalized and additional services and products where appropriate.
2.5. Proactive promotion of products and services at appropriate opportunities according to current organization goals and promotional focus and appropriate employment of selling
55 | P a g e
Elements of competency Performance criteria
3. Deal with complaints and difficult
customer service situations.
3.1 Proper use of questioning techniques to establish and agree on the nature, possible cause and details of the complaint or difficult customer service situation with the customer and assessment of the impact on the customer of the situation.
3.2 Effective use of communication techniques to assist in the management of the complaint and handle the situation sensitively, courteously and discreetly.
3.3 Proper determination of possible options to resolve the complaint and prompt analysis and decision on the best solution, taking into account any organization constraints.
3.4 Appropriate use of techniques to turn complaints into opportunities to demonstrate high quality customer service.
3.5 Effective provision of feedback on complaints to appropriate personnel in order to avoid future occurrence.
3.6 Reflection and evaluation of complaint and solution to enhance response to future complaints or difficult service situations.
4. Manage and use information about
clients and customers 4.1 Proper determination and record of customer
information where appropriate to provide personalized service.
4.2 Perfect development and maintaining of knowledge of organization promotional initiatives and implementation where appropriate.
4.3 Proactive provision of enhanced products and services to clients and customers based on client information.
56 | P a g e
LU 1: Develop and maintain product, service and market knowledge.
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify opportunities and use formal and informal research to develop and maintain knowledge of products and services.
2. Use customer feedback and workplace observation to evaluate products, services and promotional initiatives and identify changes in customer preferences, needs and expectations.
3. Share market, product and service knowledge obtained with colleagues to enhance the effectiveness of the team
4. Suggest ideas to appropriate person for product and service adjustments to meet customer needs for future planning according to organization policy.
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Identify opportunities and use formal and informal research to develop
and maintain knowledge of products and services.
Products and services knowledge and its importance
Opportunities to develop and maintain knowledge of products and services Membership of
industry associations and networks
Conventional and creative sources of information
o Large group discussion o Role plays o Small group activity o Brainstorming o Question and answer
- Role play scenario - Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Resources Learning activities Content
57 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.1: Identify opportunities and use formal and informal research to develop
and maintain knowledge of products and services. (Cont.)
Formal and informal research techniques: o Discussions with
colleagues
Reading organization information
Research of product and service information brochures
General media Attendance at
conferences, trade shows and industry events
Distributing surveys and questionnaires
o Large group discussion o Role plays o Small group activity o Brainstorming o Question and answer
- Role play scenario - Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Performance criterion
Proper identification of opportunities and use of formal and informal research to
develop and maintain knowledge of products and services.
Resources Learning activities Content
58 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Products and services are identified
Opportunities to develop and maintain knowledge of products and services are identified
Use of formal research techniques
Use of informal research techniques
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Use customer feedback and workplace observation to evaluate
products, services and promotional initiatives and identify changes in customer preferences,
needs and expectations.
Products, services and promotional initiatives Tours and transport Conferences and
conventions Function facilities Entertainment Shopping services Restaurant facilities Food and beverage Add-on services Special offers or
packages.
o Large group discussion o Role plays o Small group activity o Brainstorming o Question and answer
- Role play scenario - Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Resources Learning activities Content
59 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2: Use customer feedback and workplace observation to evaluate
products, services and promotional initiatives and identify changes in customer preferences,
needs and expectations. (Cont.)
Ways to determine customer preferences, needs and expectations:
Active listening Questioning Observation Recognition of non-
verbal signs
Factors influencing customer preferences, needs and expectations:
Age Gender Social and cultural
characteristics Prior knowledge Special needs
Ways to satisfy customer preferences, needs and expectations:
Friendliness
Courtesy
Value for money
Prompt or timely
service
Assistance
Empathy and support
Comfort
New experience
Basic needs for food,
shelter, transport or
other services.
o Large group discussion o Role plays o Small group activity o Brainstorming o Question and answer
- Role play scenario - Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Resources Learning activities Content
60 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Oral
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of promotional initiatives
Application of ways to determine customer preferences, needs and expectations
Identification of Factors influencing customer preferences, needs and expectations
Application of ways to satisfy customer preferences, needs and expectations
Observation
Performance criterion
Appropriate use of customer feedback and workplace observation to evaluate products, services and promotional initiatives and identify changes in
customer preferences, needs and expectations.
61 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Share market, product and service knowledge obtained with
colleagues to enhance the effectiveness of the team
Reasons to share knowledge
Methods and techniques of sharing knowledge at workplace
o Group discussion
o Role play
o Presentation
- Role play scenario - Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Practical task of a team
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of reasons to share knowledge of market, product and service
Application of methods and techniques of sharing knowledge at workplace
Observation
Performance criterion
Effective sharing of market, product and service knowledge obtained with
colleagues to enhance the effectiveness of the team.
Resources Learning activities Content
62 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.4: Suggest ideas to appropriate person for product and service
adjustments to meet customer needs for future planning according to organization policy.
Product and Service adjustment procedure
Importance of Product and Service adjustment on customer satisfaction
o Individual reflection o Brainstorming o Large group discussion o Role play
- Role play scenario - Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Formative Assessment 1.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice True or false question Matching Ticking Essay (short responses / extended responses) Presentation Role play
Checklist Score
Yes No
Application of product and Service adjustment procedure
Identification of the importance of product and Service adjustment procedure on customer satisfaction
Observation
Performance criterion
Suggestion of ideas to appropriate person for product and service adjustments
to meet customer needs for future planning according to organization policy.
Resources Learning activities Content
63 | P a g e
LU 2: Provide a quality service experience to customers.
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Determine and clarify customer preferences, needs and expectations 2. Offer accurate information about appropriate products and services
to customers to meet their needs and expectations. 3. Anticipate customer preferences needs and expectations throughout
the service experience and provide products and services in a timely manner, appropriate to individual needs and preferences, and according to organization standards.
4. Offer possible extras and add-ons appropriately and provide personalized and additional services and products where appropriate
5. Promote products and services at appropriate opportunities according to current organization goals and promotional focus and employ selling techniques appropriately to encourage usage and purchase
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Determine and clarify customer preferences, needs and expectations.
Customer needs and preferences
The importance of researching your customers needs and preferences
o Experience sharing o Brainstorming o Trainer guide o Individual reflection o Large group discussion o Role play
- Role play scenario - Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper determination and clarification of customer preferences, needs and
expectations.
Resources Learning activities Content
64 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Presentation
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of customer needs and preferences
Clarification of customer needs and preferences
Identification of the importance of researching customers needs and preferences
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Offer accurate information about appropriate products and services to
customers to meet their needs and expectations.
Needs and expectations of customers on products and services
General features Special features Benefits Disadvantages Price Special offers Availability How to purchase or
order
o Experience sharing o Brainstorming o Presentation by trainer o Individual reflection o Large group discussion o Role play
- Role play scenario - Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Resources Learning activities Content
65 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Presentation
Role play
Checklist Score
Yes No
Information about products and services to customers
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.3: Anticipate customer preferences needs and expectations throughout
the service experience and provide products and services in a timely manner, appropriate to
individual needs and preferences, and according to organization standards.
Steps to anticipate customer needs and preferences
Timely customer service
Importance of timely customer service
o Role play o Simulation o Brainstorming
- Role play scenario - Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials - Video record
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Proper offering of accurate information about appropriate products and services
to customers to meet their needs and expectations.
66 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Presentation
Role play
Checklist Score
Yes No
Application of steps to anticipate customer needs and preferences Identification of the importance of timely customer service
Observation
Performance criterion
Anticipation of customer preferences needs and expectations throughout the
service experience and provide products and services in a timely manner,
appropriate to individual needs and preferences, and according to organization
standards.
67 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.4: Offer possible extras and add-ons appropriately and provide
personalized and additional services and products where appropriate.
Importance of offering extras and add-ons
Ways to improve customer service
Promoting products and services
Displays Promotions special offers and deals menus and specials word of mouth up-selling.
Selling techniques: Serving Helping Advising building rapport with
customers
arousing interest.
o Brainstorming o Presentation by trainer o Individual reflection o Large group discussion o Question and answer o Debate
- Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Presentation
Performance criterion
Offering possible extras and add-ons appropriately and provision of personalized
and additional services and products where appropriate.
Resources Learning activities Content
68 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of the importance of offering extras and add-ons Identification of ways to improve customer service Provision of personalized and additional services
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.5: Promote products and services at appropriate opportunities according
to current organization goals and promotional focus and employ selling techniques
appropriately to encourage usage and purchase.
Importance of offering extras and add-ons
Ways to improve customer service
Promoting products and services
Displays Promotions special offers and deals menus and specials word of mouth up-selling.
Selling techniques: Serving Helping Advising building rapport with
customers arousing interest.
o Large group discussion o Question and answer o Debate o Observation o Role play
- Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials - Role play scenario
Formative Assessment 2.5
Performance criterion
Proactive promotion of products and services at appropriate opportunities
according to current organization goals and promotional focus and appropriate
employment of selling
Resources Learning activities Content
69 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Presentation
Role play
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of methods to promote products and services Application of selling techniques
Observation
70 | P a g e
LU 3: Deal with complaints and difficult customer service situations.
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Use questioning techniques to establish and agree on the nature, possible cause and details of the complaint or difficult customer service situation with the customer and assess the impact on the customer of the situation.
2. Use communication techniques to assist in the management of the complaint and handle the situation sensitively, courteously and discreetly.
3. Determine possible options to resolve the complaint and promptly analyse and decide on the best solution, taking into account any organisation constraints
4. Use techniques to turn complaints into opportunities to demonstrate high quality customer service.
5. Provide feedback on complaints to appropriate personnel in order to avoid future occurrence
6. Reflect on and evaluate complaint and solution to enhance response to future complaints or difficult service situations.
9 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Use questioning techniques to establish and agree on the nature,
possible cause and details of the complaint or difficult customer service situation with the
customer and assess the impact on the customer of the situation.
Questioning techniques
When and when not to use questioning techniques
Complaints or difficult customer service situations
o Small group discussion o Individual work o Role play o Simulation
- Role play scenario - Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials - Video record
Resources Learning activities Content
71 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Presentation
Role play
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of questioning techniques
Application of questioning techniques while dealing with difficult customer service situations
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper use of questioning techniques to establish and agree on the nature,
possible cause and details of the complaint or difficult customer service
situation with the customer and assessment of the impact on the customer of
the situation.
72 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.2: Use communication techniques to assist in the management of the
complaint and handle the situation sensitively, courteously and discreetly.
Communication techniques Listening and active
listening Asking questions to
gain information, clarify ambiguities and adequately understand requirements
Rephrasing and repeating questions, requests and statements to confirm that they have been correctly understood
Empathizing with the customer's situation while upholding organisation policy
Non-verbal communication and recognition of non-verbal signs
Using communication techniques appropriate to different social and cultural groups
Ability to speak clearly, be understood and use appropriate language, style and tone.
- Group work - Presentation - Brainstorming - Role play
- Role play scenario - Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Formative Assessment 3.2
Performance criterion
Effective use of communication techniques to assist in the management of the
complaint and handle the situation sensitively, courteously and discreetly
Resources Learning activities Content
73 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance evidence
Role play
Checklist Score
Yes No
Application of communication techniques while handling customer complaints
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Determine possible options to resolve the complaint and promptly
analyse and decide on the best solution, taking into account any organisation constraints..
Organisation constraints
Emotional and logical aspects of complaints.
Methods to manage and reduce stress when resolving complaints
Proactive complaint handling
- Small group discussion - Individual work - Role play
- Role play scenario - Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Formative Assessment 3.3
Performance criterion
Proper determination of possible options to resolve the complaint and prompt
analysis and decision on the best solution, taking into account any organization
constraints.
Resources Learning activities Content
74 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Presentation
Role play
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of organization constraints Determination of emotional and logical aspects of complaints Application of methods to manage and reduce stress while handling complaints
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.4: Use techniques to turn complaints into opportunities to demonstrate
high quality customer service.
Methods of transforming complaints into additional service opportunities
High quality customer service
o Individual work o Debate o Discussion o Role play
- Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials - Role play scenario
Formative Assessment 3.4
Performance criterion
Where appropriate, proper use of techniques to turn complaints into
opportunities to demonstrate high quality customer service.
Resources Learning activities Content
75 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Presentation
Role play
Checklist Score
Yes No
Use of techniques of transforming complaints into opportunities
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.5: Provide feedback on complaints to appropriate personnel in order to
avoid future occurrence
The importance of feedback on customer complaints
Effective feedback giving
o Group work o Presentation o Brainstorming o Role play
- Role play scenario - Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Formative Assessment 3.5
Performance criterion
Effective provision of feedback on complaints to appropriate personnel in order
to avoid future occurrence.
Resources Learning activities Content
76 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Presentation
Role play
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of the importance of feedback on customer complaints Effective feedback giving
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.6: Reflect on and evaluate complaint and solution to enhance response to
future complaints or difficult service situations.
Complaint analysis May include:
Tools of analyzing customer complaints
Customer complaint checklist
Customer satisfaction
o Individual work o Debate o Discussion o Pair work
- Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Resources Learning activities Content
77 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.6
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Product evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Presentation
Role play
Checklist Score
Yes No
Tools of analyzing customer complaints Process to solve customer complaint to enhance response to future complaints or difficult service situations
Observation
.
Performance criterion
Reflection and evaluation of complaint and solution to enhance response to
future complaints or difficult service situations.
78 | P a g e
LU 4: Manage and use information about clients and customers.
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Determine and record customer information where appropriate to provide personalised service
2. Develop and maintain knowledge of organisation promotional initiatives and implement where appropriate
3. Proactively provide enhanced products and services to clients and customers based on client information. 2 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Determine and record customer information where appropriate to
provide personalised service.
Customer information
Collecting customer information
Storing information
Maintaining customer information
o Brainstorming o Large group discussion o Individual reflection o Pair work
- Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Formative Assessment 4.1
Performance criterion
Proper determination and record of customer information where appropriate to
provide personalized service.
Resources Learning activities Content
79 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Presentation
Role play
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of customer information
Application of techniques of collecting customer information
Identification of means of storing and maintaining customer information
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2: Develop and maintain knowledge of organisation promotional
initiatives and implement where appropriate.
Importance of promotional activities
Types of promotional activities
Steps to successfully implement organisation promotional initiatives
o Brainstorming o Large group discussion o Individual reflection o Pair work o Small group activity
- Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Resources Learning activities Content
80 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Presentation
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of the importance of promotional activities Identification of steps to successfully implement organization promotional initiatives
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.3: Proactively provide enhanced products and services to clients and
customers based on client information.
Using stored customer information
The impact of enhanced products and services
Systems and methods of providing enhanced products and services
o Large group discussion o Individual reflection o Pair work o Small group activity o Presentation by trainer o Experience sharing
- - Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Perfect development and maintaining of knowledge of organization promotional
initiatives and implementation where appropriate.
81 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Presentation
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of the impact of enhanced products and services Identification of Systems and methods of providing enhanced products and services
Observation
References:
1. Solomon, Micah (4 March 2010). "Seven Keys to Building Customer Loyalty--and Company
Profits"
2. Dall, Michael; Bailine, Adam (2004). Service this: Winning the war against customer disservice
(1st ed.). Last Chapter First. ISBN 0-9753719-0-8.
3. https://www.dalecarnegie.com/events/transforming_customer_complaints_into_opportunities/
4. https://www.customersure.com/blog/customer-complaints-online/
Performance criterion
Proactive provision of enhanced products and services to clients and customers
based on client information.
82 | P a g e
C C M H E 4 0 1 - IMPLEMENTING S.H.E. POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
CCMHE401 Implement S.H.E. policies and procedures
REQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This module describes the outcomes required to implement safety, health and environmental
(SHE) policies and procedures on a site adhering to defined policies and procedures to ensure
own safety and that of others, together with protection of the environment. This includes
implementation of recognized environmental care principles.
83 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competency and perfomance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competency Performance criteria
1. Identify hazardous areas to be
improved
1.1 Proper selection of the tools and materials
1.2 Proper physical inspection of the working area
1.3 Proper marking and reporting of hazardous area
1.4 Proper reporting on the area of weakness according to
company procedure
2. Apply SHE practices 2.1 Proper identification of applicable Occupational Health, Safety and Environmental (OHSE) requirements
2.2 Appropriate instruction to workers to follow safety best practices and Enforce health and safety regulations.
2.3 Proper establishment and maintenance of
communication with others in line with SHE
requirements.
2.4 Proper performance of tasks in a safe manner and in
line with SHE best practices
3. Assess and control risks 3.1 Proper analysis of work practices and processes to
identify areas for improvement in relation to SHE issues
and hazards
3.2 Proper detection and assessment of risk, and detailed report and investigation of all incidents/ accidents.
3.3 Proper control of hazard to make them less dangerous
by looking at the most effective options.
4. Promote awareness of SHE in working place
4.1 Proper implementation of environmental procedures
4.2 Adequate training of workers to operate tools and
equipment
4.3 Proper inspection of the working area and appropriate remedial action to be taken to minimize or eliminate hazards.
84 | P a g e
LU 1: Identify hazardous areas to be improved.
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Select tools and materials 2. Inspect and identify physical feature of dangerous area 3. Mark and report on the hazardous areas
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Select tools and materials
Types of tools ,materials and equipment used to identify hazards: Dust sampler Noise meter Hammer Brushes Crowbar Ladder Rock drill Tape measure Infrared thermometer
o Presentation on types of
equipment
o Group discussion
o Practical exercises on types of
equipment
o Visual aids
o Video and audio materials on
types of equipment
- Reference Books - internet - TV screen - Module manuals - Visual aid - Steel bar - Dust sampler - Mining anemometer - Noise meter - Hammer - Brushes - Crowbar - Ladder - Timber - Nails - Cement - Wire mesh - Marking paints - Tape measure - Infrared thermometer - Strings and ropes - PPEs
Resources Learning activities Content
85 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.1: Select tools and materials (cont.)
Types of tools ,materials and equipment used to control hazards: Hammer Brushes Crowbar Ladder Timber Nails Cement Wire mesh Marking paints Tape measure Level meter Pick Shovel Saw PPEs (nose masks,
hearing Protection, goggles, helmets , overalls, protective footwear, gloves)
o Presentation on types of
equipment
o Group discussion
o Practical exercises on types of
equipment
o Visual aids
o Video and audio materials on
types of equipment
- Reference Books - internet - TV screen - Module manuals - Visual aid - Steel bar - Dust sampler - Mining anemometer - Noise meter - Hammer - Brushes - Crowbar - Ladder - Timber - Nails - Cement - Wire mesh - Marking paints - Tape measure - Infrared thermometer - Strings and ropes - PPEs
Formative Assessment1.1
Performance criterion
Proper selection of the tools and materials
Resources Learning activities Content
86 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking Expose (presentation)
Task: Selecting tools and materials for hazardous area identification
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of working area
Arrangement of tools according to their types and use
Arrangement of materials according to their types and use
Arrangement of equipment according to their types and use
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Inspect and identify physical feature of dangerous area
Tools and equipment checklist: Adequate supply of
tools and equipment for inspection
Appropriate PPE for inspection according to each job specification.
Work place examination for unsafe area Environment condition
Water Cracks Air Dust
o Presentation on checklists and work place examinations
o Observation o Group discussion o Practical exercises o on checklists and work place
examinations o Visual Aid materials o Video and audio aids
- Reference books - Visual aids - Computer - internet - Module manuals - Steel bar - Dust sampler - Hammer - TV Screen
Resources Learning activities Content
87 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Oral
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking Sentence completion Expose (presentation) Task: Inspecting of the working place
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of Environment condition
Identification of Adequate supply of tools and equipment for inspection
Identification of Appropriate PPE for inspection according to each job specification
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper physical inspection of the working area
88 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Mark and report on the hazardous areas
Introduction to tools and
equipment for marking
hazardous area:
Hammer Brushes Crowbar Ladder Timber Nails Barricade tap (Warning
sign) Cones
Use of tools and
equipment for marking
hazardous area:
Reporting: Through the
administrative hierarchy
Emergency reporting
o Presentation on tools and equipment and reporting
o Group discussion on tools and equipment and reporting
o Practical exercises on marking and temporary supporting
o Visual Aid materials o Video and audio materials
- Reference books - Visual aids - Computer - internet - Module manuals - Hammer - Brushes - Crowbar - Ladder - Timber - Nails - Barricade tap
Formative Assessment 1.3
Performance criterion
Proper marking of hazardous area and proper reporting on the area of weakness
according to company procedure
Resources Learning activities Content
89 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Oral
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Ticking Sentence completion Expose (presentation) Task: marking hazardous areas and reporting
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of tools according the hazardous area
Selection of materials according the hazardous area
Selection of equipment according the hazardous area
Appropriate use of tools and equipment for marking hazardous area:
A detailed report is produced
Observation
90 | P a g e
LU 2: Apply SHE practices.
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify and follow applicable Occupational Health Safety and environmental (OHSE) requirements
2. Instruct workers to follow safety best practices and enforce health and safety regulations.
3. Establish and maintain communication with others in line with SHE requirements
4. Perform tasks in a safe manner and in line with SHE best practices
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Identify and follow applicable Occupational Health Safety and
environmental (OHSE) requirements
OHS requirement:
Personal protective
equipment and clothing
safety equipment
first aid equipment
firefighting equipment
hazard and risk control
fatigue management
elimination of hazardous
materials and substances
safe forest practices
including required actions
relating to forest fire
manual handling including
shifting, lifting and carrying
machine guarding
o Research on OHS requirement,
environmental requirements,
Legislative requirements and
Organisational requirements
o Brainstorming on OHS
requirement, environmental
requirements, Legislative
requirements and
Organisational requirements
o Group discussion on OHS
requirement, environmental
requirements, Legislative
requirements and
Organisational requirements
- PPEs - Reference books - Work sheet - Markers - Flip charts
Resources Learning activities Content
91 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.1: Identify and follow applicable Occupational Health Safety and
environmental (OHSE) requirements (Cont.)
Environmental
requirements:
legislation organisational policies
and procedures workplace practices
Legislative requirements:
award and enterprise agreements
industrial relations Australian Standards confidentiality and
privacy OHS the environment equal opportunity anti-discrimination relevant industry codes
of practice
o Research on OHS requirement,
environmental requirements,
Legislative requirements and
Organisational requirements
o Brainstorming on OHS
requirement, environmental
requirements, Legislative
requirements and
Organisational requirements
o Group discussion on OHS
requirement, environmental
requirements, Legislative
requirements and
Organisational requirements
- PPEs - Reference books - Work sheet - Markers - Flip charts
Resources Learning activities Content
92 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.1: Identify and follow applicable Occupational Health Safety and
environmental (OHSE) requirements (Cont.)
Organisational
requirements:
Legal
organisational and site
guidelines
policies and
procedures relating to
own role and
responsibility
quality assurance
procedural manuals
quality and continuous
improvement
processes and
standards
OHS, emergency and
evacuation procedures
ethical values
recording and
reporting requirements
equipment use,
maintenance and
storage requirements
environmental
management
requirements (waste
disposal, recycling and
re-use guidelines)
o Research on OHS requirement,
environmental requirements,
Legislative requirements and
Organisational requirements
o Brainstorming on OHS
requirement, environmental
requirements, Legislative
requirements and
Organisational requirements
o Group discussion on OHS
requirement, environmental
requirements, Legislative
requirements and
Organisational requirements
- PPEs - Reference books - Work sheet - Markers - Flip charts
Formative Assessment 2.1
Performance criterion
Proper identification of applicable Occupational Health, Safety and
Environmental (OHSE) requirements
Resources Learning activities Content
93 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Task: identification of applicable Occupational Health, Safety and Environmental (OHSE) requirements
Checklist Score
Yes No
Respected OHSE requirements are well identified
Respected Environmental requirements are well identified
Respected Legislative requirements are well identified
Respected Organisational requirements are well identified
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Instruct workers to follow safety best practices and enforce health and
safety regulations.
SHE standards and
regulations to be followed:
Use of PPEs
Use of inspection
checklist
Appropriate tools
,materials and
equipment to be used
o Observation o Group discussion o Practical exercises o Checklists
- PPEs - Reference books - Work sheet - Markers - Flip charts -
Resources Learning activities Content
94 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Task: Instructing SHE standards and regulations
Checklist Score
Yes No
Use of PPEs Use of inspection checklist of SHE standards and regulations Appropriate tools ,materials and equipment to be used
Observation
Performance criterion
Appropriate instruction to workers to follow safety best practices and Enforce
health and safety regulations.
95 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.3: Establish and maintain communication with others in line with SHE
requirements
Communication:
verbal and non-verbal language
constructive feedback active listening questioning to clarify
and confirm understanding
use of positive, confident and cooperative language
use of language and concepts appropriate to individual social and cultural differences
control of tone of voice and body language
o Group discussion o Practical exercises
- Public Board notices
- Communication
devices/phones
- Safety signs
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Task: Communicate with others in line with SHE requirements
Performance criterion
Proper establishment and maintenance of communication with others in line
with SHE requirements.
Resources Learning activities Content
96 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Verbal and non-verbal language are used constructive feedback is given active listening is respected questioning to clarify and confirm understanding
verbal and non-verbal language constructive feedback active listening questioning to clarify and confirm understanding use of positive, confident and cooperative language use of language and concepts appropriate to individual social and cultural
differences control of tone of voice and body language use of language and concepts appropriate to individual social and cultural
differences control of tone of voice and body language
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.4: Perform tasks in a safe manner and in line with SHE best practices
Environmental policy which
ensures:
Compliance, improvement (where required to reflect environmental policy) and prevention
Continuous cycle of planning, implementing, monitoring, reviewing and improving environmental practices and systems
o Group discussion o Practical exercises
- Registration documents
- Regulations
- Safety standards
Resources Learning activities Content
97 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Task: Perform tasks in a safe manner and in line with SHE best practices ( according to their specific trade)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Compliance Improvement (where required to reflect environmental policy) Prevention Continuous cycle of planning, implementing, monitoring, reviewing and improving environmental practices and systems
Observation
.
Performance criterion
Proper performance of tasks in a safe manner and in line with SHE best practices
98 | P a g e
LU 3: Assess and control risks.
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Analyse work practices and identify areas for improvement in relation to SHE issues and hazards
2. Detect, assess and report SHE issues and Hazards in the work area to appropriate personnel
3. Control hazard to make them less dangerous by looking at the most effective options. 10 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Analyse work practices and identify areas for improvement in relation
to SHE issues and hazards
Questioning techniques
When and when not to use questioning techniques
Complaints or difficult customer service situations
o Small group discussion o Individual work o Role play o Simulation
- Role play scenario - Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly materials - Video record
Formative Assessment 3.1
Performance criterion
Proper analysis of work practices and processes to identify areas for
improvement in relation to SHE issues and hazards
Resources Learning activities Content
99 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Task: Analyze of work practices and processes to identify areas for improvement in relation to SHE issues and hazards
Checklist Score
Yes No
Analysis of work place to see if it is free from any hazard.
List of all identified risks/hazards in the working area to be improved
List of adequate measures to be used to improve unsafe area
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Detect, assess and report SHE issues and Hazards in the work area to
appropriate personnel
Communication techniques Listening and active listening Asking questions to gain information,
clarify ambiguities and adequately understand requirements
Rephrasing and repeating questions, requests and statements to confirm that they have been correctly understood
Empathizing with the customer's situation while upholding organisation policy
Non-verbal communication and recognition of non-verbal signs
Using communication techniques appropriate to different social and cultural groups
Ability to speak clearly, be understood and use appropriate language, style and tone.
- Group work - Presentation - Brainstorming - Role play
- Role play scenario
- Reference books - Online materials - Scholarly
materials
Resources Learning activities Content
100 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Task: Detecting and assessing risks, and detailed report and investigating all
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of hazards. Decide who might be harmed and how Evaluation of the risks and decide on precautions. Recording of findings and its implementation Reviewing risk assessment and update if necessary. Report to the appropriate personnel
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper detection and assessment of risk, and detailed report and investigation of
all incidents/ accidents.
101 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3: Control hazard to make them less dangerous by looking at the most
effective options.
Hazard control methods: prevention, handle, isolation, remove or use of PPE
Hazard reporting procedures job procedures and safe work
instructions and allocation of responsibilities
emergency procedures accident and near miss reporting and
recording procedures Consultation on Occupational Health
and Safety issues Selection, storage and maintenance
procedures for use of personal protective equipment (PPE)
o Group discussion o Practical exercises o Brainstorming o Research
Procedural manuals
Environmental policy
Reference books
Checklist
Papers
Pens
Internet
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Task: Control of hazard options in working area
Performance criterion
Proper control of hazard to make them less dangerous by looking at the most
effective options.
Resources Learning activities Content
102 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Hazard control methods are applied Hazard reporting procedures are followed Job procedures and safe work instructions and allocation of responsibilities are respected Emergency procedures are planned Accident and near miss reporting and recording procedures are planned Consultation on Occupational Health and Safety issues Selection, storage and maintenance procedures for use of personal protective equipment (PPEs)
Observation
103 | P a g e
LU 4: Awareness of SHE in working place.
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Implement environmental procedures 2. Provide training to workers on SHE and operational control 3. Inspect the working area and remedial action to be taken to
minimize or eliminate hazards.
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Implement environmental procedures
Environmental goals:
environmental sustainability (Afforestation, conservation)
Energy promotion (use of renewable energy and other resource such as; solar and wind energy)
Emissions control and where possible, reduction
Waste generation control and where possible, reduction
Waste management, recycling, re-use and disposal.
o Brainstorming on
Environmental goals
o Research on Environmental
goals
o Group discussion
- Procedural manuals - Organisational policies and
procedures - Environmental policy
Resources Learning activities Content
104 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 4.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Task: Implementing environmental procedures
Checklist Score
Yes No
Environmental sustainability is maintained
Energy promotion is encouraged/sensitized
Emissions control and where possible, reduction is encouraged/sensitized
Waste generation control and where possible, reduction
Waste management, recycling, re-use and disposal is encouraged/sensitized
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper implementation of environmental procedures
105 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.2: Provide training to workers on SHE and operational control
Training:
in-house or external training programs
one-on-one supervision programs that maintain up-to-
date knowledge of legislative changes at the local, State, Territory and Commonwealth levels
Operational controls:
Prevention of pollution Control of air emissions Solid and hazardous wastes Contamination of land Noise, Odour, Dust, Traffic Water discharges Raw material & resource use Hazardous material storage and
handling Compliance with legislation and
regulations Electronic or mechanical
technology to reduce emissions Routine preventive maintenance
programs to reduce wear and breakdown of equipment
Monitoring and observation of equipment performance
Types of Operational Controls
Standard Operating Procedures Signage Log Books Check Lists
- Fire extinguisher - First aid kit - Fire triangle - Personal protective
equipment and clothing
- Safety equipment - First aid equipment - Procedural manuals - Organisational policies
and procedures - Environmental policy
Resources Learning activities Content
106 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Task: Training on operating tools and equipment In line with SHE requirements
Checklist Score
Yes No
Training on Operational control is provided
Observation
Performance criterion
Adequate training of workers to operate tools and equipments
107 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.3: Inspect the working area and remedial action to be taken to minimize
or eliminate hazards.
Remedial actions to be inspected in the working area; workplace waste management
systems emissions control of greenhouse
gases use of non-renewable resources
control chemical use control supply chain management
Environmental Impacts; Soil degradation Erosion Leaching Climate change Air, soil, water pollution Land sliding
o Research on environmental
impact
o Group discussion
o Brainstorming
- Environmental policy - Procedural manuals - Organisational policies
and procedures
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Task: Training on operating tools and equipment In line with SHE requirements
Performance criterion
Proactive inspection of the working area and appropriate remedial action to be
taken to minimize or eliminate hazards.
Resources Learning activities Content
108 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Remedial actions to be inspected in the working area are identified Identification of Environmental Impacts
Observation
References:
1. Occupational Risk Control : Predicting and Preventing the Unwanted by Viner,Derek , ISBN: 9781472419712, Publication Date: 2015
2. OSHA General Industry regulations Book, 29 CFR 1910 Paperback- July1,2014 y MANCOMM Inc. (Author, Editor)
3. OH&S : a management guide by Richard Archer, Kerry Borthwick, Susanne Tepe. Publication Date: 2009
4. G:\\Basic OH&S Program Elements OSH Answers.htm 5. https://www.rospa.com/occupational-safety/advice/training-matters/ 6. https://www.3tonline.fi/incident-reporting 7. http://www.safety.uwa.edu.au/topics/plant/inspection 8. http://www.hse.gov.uk/statistics/causdis/index.htm 9. https://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/hsprograms/job-haz.html
109 | P a g e
C C M E N 4 0 1 - INTERMEDIATE WORKPLACE ENGLISH
CCMEN401 Use intermediate English at the workplace
REQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: January, 2017
Purpose statement
This module describes the skills, knowledge and
attitudes to be acquired for the trainee’s. The trainee will be able to present personal ideas and
opinions, discuss selected topics of interest, build a convincing argument to support or refute
an opinion, support or refute an idea in a debate/discussion, use proper terminology to report
facts, describe, explanation and stating facts , use tenses Accurately, write structured factual,
descriptive, and explanatory texts on a range of topics, produce correspondence texts stating,
describe facts in the workplace, produce small scale-reports on trade-related issues, read
medium texts on general and trade-related topics, identify different reading techniques, select
and apply reading techniques to different texts, draw inferences from medium-length texts ,
Identify listening strategies, select appropriate listening strategy depending on the listening
purpose, Apply listening strategies while listening to audio messages, Use nonverbal clues to
detect messages implied by the speaker.
110 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competency and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competency Performance criteria
1. Write factual, descriptive, and
explanatory texts
1.1 Effective use of proper terminology to report facts 1.2 Correct use of tenses to describe, explain and state
facts accurately 1.3 Clear distinction of factual, description and
explanatory paragraphs 1.4 Appropriate writing of well-structured factual,
descriptive, and explanatory texts on a range of topics
1.5 Production of correspondence texts (letters, emails) stating, explaining, or describing facts at the workplace
1.6 Production of small-scale reports on trade-related issues (field visits, industrial attachments)
2. Apply a range of listening strategies
to understand predictable
messages
2.1 Accurate identification of different listening strategies
2.2 Proper selection of a listening strategy depending on the listening purpose
2.3 Active application of listening strategies while listening to audio messages
2.4 Adequate use of non-verbal clues (intonation, tone, body movement) to detect messages implied by the speaker
3. Discuss general and trade-related
topics
3.1 Presentations of personal ideas and opinions during discussions selected topics of interest
3.2 Proper detection and avoidance of argumentation fallacies in debates and discussions
3.3 Proper use of functional language to support of refute ideas in a debate or discussion
3.4 Convincing building of arguments to support or refute an opinion (elements and types of an argument
111 | P a g e
Elements of competency Performance criteria
4. Read medium texts on general and
trade-related topics
4.1 Accurate identification of different reading techniques (skimming, scanning, extensive reading, critical reading)
4.2 Proper selection of a reading technique depending on the reading purpose and material
4.3 Active application of reading techniques while reading different texts messages
4.4 Demonstration of the ability to understand the inferences made in a range of medium length texts
112 | P a g e
LU 1: Write factual, descriptive, and explanatory texts.
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Use proper terminology to report facts 2. Describe, explain and state facts using tenses accurately 3. Distinguish factual, description and explanatory paragraphs 4. Write well-structured factual, descriptive, and explanatory texts on a
range of topics 5. Production of correspondence texts (letters, emails) stating,
explaining, or describing facts at the workplace 6. Produce small-scale reports on trade-related issues (field visits,
industrial attachments)
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Use proper terminology to report facts
Expressing facts
Expressions used in
outlining facts
The fact is that…
The (main) point is that …
This proves that …
What it comes down to is
that …
It is obvious that …
It is certain that …
One can say that …
It is clear that…
There is no doubt that …
Comparing and reporting facts
Using comparatives and
superlatives
Quantifiers and modifiers
o Group discussions
o Dialogues
o Role plays
o Short presentations
o Practical writing exercises
o Modelling
Projector
Computer
Flipcharts
Markers
Scenarios
Trainee
manuals
Stationeries
Lesson plans
Reference
books
Written
speeches
Newspaper
reports
Resources Learning activities Content
113 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Presentations
Sentence completion
Matching
Writing practice
Task: Using comparatives and superlatives, report key information
facts at your workplace.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Word choice
Comparatives and superlatives
Expression of facts
Observation
Performance criterion
Use proper terminology to report facts
114 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2: Describe, explain and state facts using tenses accurately
Using present tenses to
describe, explain and state
present facts
Using past tenses to
describe, explain and state
past facts
o Dialogues
o Storytelling
o Short presentations
o Practical writing exercises
o Modelling
o Brainstorming
o Vocabulary Games
Audiovisual materials
Projector
Computer
Flipcharts
Markers
Lesson plans
Recordings
Reference books
Photos or pictures
Written speeches
Newspaper reports
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Writing practice
Discussions
Matching
Task: Describe present facts about your career using appropriate
tenses
Checklist Score
Yes No
Tense use
Description of facts
Observation
Performance criterion
Describe, explain and state facts using tenses accurately
Resources Learning activities Content
115 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Distinguish factual, description and explanatory paragraphs
Introduction to tools and
equipment for marking
hazardous area:
Hammer Brushes Crowbar Ladder Timber Nails Barricade tap (Warning
sign) Cones
Use of tools and equipment
for marking hazardous area:
Reporting: Through the
administrative hierarchy Emergency reporting
o Presentation on tools and equipment and reporting
o Group discussion on tools and equipment and reporting
o Practical exercises on marking and temporary supporting
o Visual Aid materials o Video and audio materials
- Reference books - Visual aids - Computer - internet - Module manuals - Hammer - Brushes - Crowbar - Ladder - Timber - Nails - Barricade tap
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Writing practice
Discussions
Matching
True or false questions
Task: Classify the paragraphs given to you by the teacher according
to their types
Performance criterion
Distinguish factual, description and explanatory paragraphs
Resources Learning activities Content
116 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Paragraph types
Elements of a paragraph
Paragraph structure
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.4: Write well-structured factual, descriptive, and explanatory texts on a
range of topics
Sentence structure
Compound sentences
Coordinative
conjunction
Complex sentences
Main clauses
Subordinate clause
Subordinate
conjunctions
Compound complex
sentences
Structure of narrative,
argumentative, descriptive,
and explanatory texts
Present and past tenses
o Group works
o Pair work
o Jumbled paragraphs
o Gap-fill
Audiovisual
materials
Projector
Computer
Flipcharts
Markers
Lesson plans
Recordings
Reference books
Photos or pictures
Formative Assessment 1.4
Performance criterion
Write well-structured factual, descriptive, and explanatory texts on a range of
topics
Resources Learning activities Content
117 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Matching
Writing practice Presentation Task: Write a short essay describing your career dreams
Checklist Score
Yes No
Text structure
Types of texts
Tense use
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.5: Production of correspondence texts (letters, emails) stating,
explaining, or describing facts at the workplace
Introduction to business
letters
Parts of a business letter
Types of business letters
Introduction to email
correspondence
Parts of an email
Strategies for writing a
good email
Types of emails
o Pair work
o Jumbled paragraphs
o Gap-fill
o Peer feedback
o Practical exercises on email
writing
o Practical exercises on
business letters
Audiovisual materials
Projector
Computer
Flipcharts
Markers
Lesson plans
Recordings
Reference books
Photos or pictures
Letter samples
Resources Learning activities Content
118 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Writing practice Task: Compose an email outlining some of the challenges you face at
work.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Strategies for writing correspondence texts
Parts of an email
Parts of letters
Types of letters and emails
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.6: Produce small-scale reports on trade-related issues (field visits,
industrial attachments)
Writing small-scale reports
Structure of a formal
report
Layout
Introduction
Body
Conclusion
o Report Writing practice
o Peer feedback
o Group work
Audiovisual materials
Projector
Computer
Flipcharts
Markers
Lesson plans
Reference books
Sample reports
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Produce correspondence texts (letters, emails) stating, explaining, or describing
facts at the workplace
119 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.6
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Writing practice
Presentation Task: Produce a short report on your recent field visit
Checklist Score
Yes No
Structure of a report
Language use
Observation
Performance criterion
Produce small-scale reports on trade-related issues (field visits, industrial
attachments)
120 | P a g e
LU 2: Apply a range of listening strategies to understand predictable messages.
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify different listening strategies 2. Select appropriate listening strategy depending on the listening
purpose 3. Apply listening strategies while listening to audio messages 4. Use non-verbal clues to detect messages implied by the speaker
2 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Identify different listening strategies
Listening strategies
Listening for details
listening for the gist
note taking
Active listening and
response
Listening for specific
information
predicting
drawing inferences
summarizing
recognizing cognates
recognizing word-order
patterns
Applying Listening strategies
Identifying the listening
purpose
Selecting the
appropriate listening
strategy
o Dialogues
o Role plays
o Short presentations
o Modelling and drilling
o Listening to TV shows
o Listening to radio programs
Audiovisual materials
Projector
Computer
Flipcharts
Markers
Lesson plans
Recordings
Reference books
Written speeches
Newspaper reports
Scenarios
Resources Learning activities Content
121 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Discussions
Presentations
Multiple choice
Listening practice
Task: List and explain at least three listening strategies.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Understanding of Listening strategies
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Select appropriate listening strategy depending on the listening purpose
Refer to Learning Outcome 2.1 Refer to Learning Outcome 2.1 Refer to Learning Outcome 2.1
Formative Assessment 2.2
Performance criterion
Select appropriate listening strategy depending on the listening purpose
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Identify different listening strategies
122 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Discussions
Presentations
Multiple choice
Listening practice
Task: Which listening strategy would you use to get the main idea of a recording?
Checklist Score
Yes No
Understanding of Listening strategies Selection of listening strategies
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.3: Apply listening strategies while listening to audio messages
Refer to Learning Outcome 2.1 Refer to Learning Outcome 2.1 Refer to Learning Outcome 2.1
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Discussions
Multiple choice
Listening practice
Task: Which listening strategy would you use to get the main idea of a recording?
Performance criterion
Apply listening strategies while listening to audio messages
Resources Learning activities Content
123 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Understanding of Listening strategies Selection of listening strategies Listening purpose
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.4: Use non-verbal clues to detect messages implied by the speaker
Understanding non-verbal
clues
Voice clues Intonation Voice tone
Body movement facial expressions gestures
o role play o video watching o note taking o modelling o drilling
video materials
posters/banners
wallpapers
audiovisual materials
Projector
Flipcharts
Markers
Lesson plans
Recordings
Reference books
Scenarios
Trainee manuals
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Use non-verbal clues to detect messages implied by the speaker
Resources Learning activities Content
124 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Multiple choice
Discussions
Audio-visual practice
Task: Watch a video shown by the teacher and say what the speaker’s gestures mean.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Understanding of body language Interpreting voice clues
Observation
.
125 | P a g e
LU 3: Discuss general and trade-related topics.
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Present personal ideas and opinions during discussions on selected topics of interest
2. Use functional language to support or refute ideas in a debate or discussion
3. Detect and avoid argumentation fallacies in debates and discussions 4. Build convincing arguments to support or refute an opinion 5 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Present personal ideas and opinions during discussions on selected
topics of interest
Expressing opinion in English
Agreeing with an opinion
Full agreement with an
opinion
Partial agreement with an
opinion
Disagreeing with an opinion
Forms of disagreement
When to disagree
Disagreeing politely
Using functional language in
argument building
Persuasion
Asking questions
Cause and effect
Summarizing ideas to be
refuted
Sequencing ideas
Predicting ideas
o Dialogues o Role plays o Modelling o Group discussions o Debates o Mock speeches
Audiovisual materials
Projector
Computer
Flipcharts
Markers
Lesson plans
Recordings
Reference books
Written speeches
Newspaper reports
Scenarios
Trainee manual
Resources Learning activities Content
126 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral evidence
Performance
Presentation practice
Writing practice
Discussions
Task: Prepare a short presentation on a topic of interest and share it with your class.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Articulation of ideas
Using functional in expressing opinions
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Use functional language to support or refute ideas in a debate or
discussion
Refer to Learning Outcome 3.1 Refer to Learning Outcome 3.1 Refer to Learning Outcome 3.1
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Present personal ideas and opinions during discussions on selected topics of
interest
127 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral evidence
Performance
Discussions
Presentations
Task: Following instructions given by your teacher, use functional language in supporting or refuting ideas in a group discussion
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Detect and avoid argumentation fallacies in debates and discussions
Dealing with argumentation fallacies Types of Fallacies
Formal Fallacies
Propositional fallacies
Quantification fallacies
Formal syllogistic fallacies
Informal Fallacies
Faulty generalizations
Red herring fallacies Conditional fallacies
Responding to fallacies
o Dialogues
o Role plays
o Modelling and drilling
video materials
posters/banners
wallpapers
audiovisual materials
Projector
Computer
Flipcharts
Markers
Lesson plans
Recordings
Reference books
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Use functional language to support of refute ideas in a debate or discussion
128 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Multiple choice
Discussions
Listening practice
Note taking
Presentation
Task: Listen to the recording played to you by the teacher and tell which argumentation fallacies the speaker is using then respond to them.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Types of Argumentation fallacies Responding to fallacies
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.4: Build convincing arguments to support or refute an opinion
Building a convincing argument Definition of an argument Elements of an argument
Claims Counterclaims Reasons Evidence
Types of arguments
o Debates
o Group discussions
o Brainstorming
o Presentations
o Mock speeches
video materials
posters/banners
wallpapers
audiovisual materials
Projector
Flipcharts
Lesson plans
Recordings
Reference books
Speech samples
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Detect and avoid argumentation fallacies in debates and discussions
129 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance
Discussions
Writing practice
Presentation
Task: After drafting your argument on the role of TVET on Rwanda’s development, indicate all the elements of an argument in it.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Understanding of an argument Elements of an argument Types of arguments
Observation
.
Performance criterion
Build convincing arguments to support or refute an opinion
130 | P a g e
LU 4: Read medium texts on general and trade-related topics.
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Introduce oneself and get to know one another 2. Intergrate in team 3. Participate in setting rules and adhere to them
2 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Identify different reading techniques
Reading techniques
Skimming
Scanning
Deep reading
Critical reading
o Practical exercises
o Debating texts read
o Presentations on texts read
o Group discussions
Projector
Computer
Flipcharts
Markers
Lesson plans
Reference books
Written speeches
Newspaper reports
Reading materials
Formative Assessment 4.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Identify different reading techniques
Resources Learning activities Content
131 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance
Reading practice
Multiple choice
True and false questions
Presentations
Task: Differentiate between different reading techniques
Checklist Score
Yes No
Reading techniques
Differentiating reading techniques
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2: Select a reading technique depending on the reading purpose and
material
Refer to Learning Outcome 4.1 Refer to Learning Outcome 4.1 Refer to Learning Outcome 4.1
Formative Assessment 4.2
Performance criterion
Adequate training of workers to operate tools and equipments
Resources Learning activities Content
132 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance
Reading practice
Multiple choice
True and false questions
Presentations
Task: Select an appropriate reading strategy based on the reading task given to you by the teacher.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Reading techniques Differentiating reading techniques
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.3: Apply reading techniques while reading different texts
Applying reading techniques to texts
General texts
Trade-related texts
o Practical exercises
o Debating texts read
o Presentations on texts
read
o Group discussions
Projector
Computer
Flipcharts
Markers
Lesson plans
Reference books
Written speeches
Newspaper reports
Reading materials
Reference books
Resources Learning activities Content
133 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance
Reading practice
Presentations
Task: After using different strategies to read a given text, share with the class the differences you noticed.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Reading techniques Differentiating reading techniques Application of reading techniques
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.4: Demonstrate ability to understand the inferences made in a range of
medium length texts
Refer to Learning Outcome 4.3 Refer to Learning Outcome 4.3 Refer to Learning Outcome 4.3
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Apply reading techniques while reading different texts
134 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 4.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance
Reading practice
Presentations
Task: Read the text given by the teacher and identify what the writer implies. How did you come up with such inferences?
Checklist Score
Yes No
Understanding of inferences Justifying inferences
Observation
References: .
Performance criterion
Demonstrate ability to understand the inferences made in a range of medium
length texts
135 | P a g e
C C M K N 4 0 1 - IKINYARWANDA CY’UMUNYAMWUGA
CCMKN401 Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda cy’umunyamwuga
Ikiciro: 4 Amasaha ateganijwe
Credits: 3 30
Ishami: Yose
Agashami: Twose
Igihe yateguriwe: Mutarama, 2017
Intego nyamukuru
Iyi mbumbanyigisho irasobanura ubumenyi n’ubushobozi bukenewe kugira ngo uwiga ashobore
Gukoresha ikinyarwanda cy’umwuga mu kumva, kuvuga, gusoma no kwandika, mu bikorwa bijyanye
n’umwuga we; Gukoresha ubuvanganzo gakondo mu gushyikirana n’abandi abagezaho ibitekerezo bye
kandi agaragaza uko yakira ibyabo; Kugaragaza imyumvire n’imyifatire ikwiye agenda avoma mu
myandiko n’ikinamico binyuranye; Gutandukanya ingeri zinyuranye z’ubuvanganzo nyarwanda;
Guhanga no kumurika mu rurimi rw’ikinyarwanda afatiye ku ngeri zinyuranye z’imyandiko;
Gusobanura intego n’ amategeko y’igenamajwi by’izina mbonera; Gukoresha neza indangahantu no
Kwandika yubahiriza ifatana n’itandukana ry’amagambo.
136 | P a g e
Ubushobozi fatizo
Ubushobozi mu Kinyarwanda kiboneye
Ingingo n’ibipimo by’ubushobozi
Ingingo z’ubushobozi zisobanura umusaruro w’ibanze ugomba kugerwaho.
Ibipimo by’ubushobozi bisobanura ubushobozi busabwa mu kugaragaza ko intego zikubiye mu mbumbe
zagezweho.
Ingingo z’Ubushobozi Ibipimo by’Ubushobozi
1. Gukoresha ubuvanganzo
gakondo bufatiye ku
mwuga ashyikirana
n’abandi
1.1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko
yumva ubuvanganzo gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga abinyujije
mu ngiro zitandukanye.
1.2. Gusubiza mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku buvanganzo
gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga.
1.3. Gusoma neza umwandiko w’ubuvanganzo gakondo bufatiye
ku mwuga
yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
1.4. Guhimba ahuza n’ubuvanganzo gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga
akurikiranya neza ingingo.
1.5. Gutarama akoresheje ubuvanganzo bwizwe.
2. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda
kiboneye agaragaza ibyiza
by’ikoranabuhanga mu
iterambere ry’umwuga no
kugaragaza intego y’izina
mbonera.
2.1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye, uwiga agaragaza ko
yumva umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko
y’ikoranabuhanga n’iterambere ry’umwuga abinyujije mu
ngiro zinyuranye.
2.2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
2.3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
2.4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.
2.5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya uruhare
rw’ikoranabuhanga mu iterambere ry’umwuga.
2.6. Kugaragaza intego y’izina mbonera ku buryo bukwiye.
137 | P a g e
Ingingo z’Ubushobozi Ibipimo by’Ubushobozi
3. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda
kiboneye uwiga agaragaza
ububi bw’ibiyobyabwenge
mu rubyiruko no
kugaragaza amategeko
y’igenamajwi mu izina
mbonera.
3.1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko
yumva umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ububi
bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko abinyujije mu ngiro
zitandukanye.
3.2. Gusubiza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
3.3. Gusoma umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
3.4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.
3.5. Kumurika ingamba zifatika zo kurwanya ikoreshwa
ry’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko.
3.6. Kugaragaza amategeko y’igenamajwi mu izina mbonera.
4. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda
kiboneye uwiga agaragaza
uburyo bunyuranye bwo
gufata neza ibidukikije no
gukoresha indangahantu.
4.1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye, uwiga agaragaza ko
yumva umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye
uburyo bunyuranye bwo gufata neza ibidukikije mu ngiro
zitandukanye.
4.2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
4.3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo
n’isesekaza.
4.4. Guhimba no kumurika umwandiko akurikiranya neza
ingingo.
4.5. Kumurika no gusobanura ibikorwa by’abanyamwuga
bishobora kwangiza ibidukikije.
4.6. Gukoresha neza indangahantu.
5. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda
kiboneye uwiga agaragaza
akamaro k’ubutabazi
bw’ibanze no kwandika
yubahiriza imyandikire
y’Ikinyarwanda.
5.1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye, uwiga agaragaza ko
yumva ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye akamaro
k’ubutabazi bw’ibanze mu ngiro zitandukanye.
5.2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico.
5.3. Gusoma neza ikinamico yubahiriza uturango twayo.
5.4. Guhimba no gukina ikinamico ahuza imvugo n’ingiro.
5.5. Gukoresha mu mvugo n’inyandiko amagambo akwiye
avuga ibice n’ingingo by’umubiri.
5.6. Kwandika yubahiriza ifatana n’itandukana ry’amagambo.
138 | P a g e
LU 1: Gukoresha ubuvanganzo gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga ashyikirana n’abandi.
1
Umusaruro w’inyigisho:
1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva ubuvanganzo gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
2. Gusubiza mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku buvanganzo gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga.
3. Gusoma umwandiko w’ubuvanganzo gakondo bushingiye ku mwuga yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
4. Guhimba ahuza n’ubuvanganzo gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga akurikiranya neza ingingo.
5. Gutarama akoresheje ubuvanganzo bwizwe.
Amasaha 6
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
ubuvanganzo gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
Ibimenyetso byo gutega amatwi no kutarogoya ufite ijambo
Urwenya inyunguramagambo ingingo z’umuco
n’amateka inshoza n’uturango
by’Urwenya Ihimbamwandiko
Urwenya o Gutega amatwi urwenya o Gusoma urwenya bucece o Gusoma urwenya mu
matsinda bashaka ibisubizo byo kumva umwandiko, ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye no kumurika ibyavuyemo
o Gusoma urwenya baranguruye
o Guhuza ibivugwa mu nshoberane n’indangagaciro
o Gusobanura ingingo z’umuco n’amateka
o Gusobanura inshoza n’uturango by’ urwenya
- Ibitabo by’ubuvanganzo gakondo (bagiramenyo)
- Sede (cd) - Disiketi - Ikibaho - Marikeri - Murandasi - Inkoranyamagambo
n’inkoranyamuga
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
139 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
ubuvanganzo gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye. (Ibikurikira)
Ubuvanganzo gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga
Amavumvu, Amasare, ibyidogo, amahamba,.. Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Igitaramo gishingiye ku buvanganzo gakondo
Ubuvanganzo gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga o Gusoma ubuvanganzo gakondo o bufatiye ku mwuga bucece o Gusoma ubuvanganzo
bunyuranye gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga mu matsinda, bashaka ibisubizo byo kumva umwandiko, basobanura amagambo akomeye, banamurikaibyavuyemo.
o Gusoma ubuvanganzo gakondo bunyuranye bufatiye ku mwuga baranguruye
o Guhuza ibivugwa mu ubuvanganzo gakondo bunyuranye bufatiye ku mwuga n’indangagaciro
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza insanganyamatsiko z’ingenzi
o Gusobanura ingingo z’umuco n’amateka
o Gusobanura inshoza n’uturango by’ ubuvanganzo gakondo bunyuranye bufatiye ku mwuga
o Guhina ubuvanganzo gakondo bunyuranye bufatiye ku mwuga
o Gutahura isomo ry’ingenzi o Gutarama
- Ibitabo by’ubuvanganzo gakondo (bagiramenyo)
- Sede (cd) - Disiketi - Ikibaho - Marikeri - Murandasi - Inkoranyamagambo
n’inkoranyamuga
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
140 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.1
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’uwiga ateze amatwi atarogoya
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ibimenyetso byo gutega amatwi no kutarogoya ufite ijambo
Urwenya
Amavumvu, Amasare, Ibyidogo, Amahamba,..
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.2: Gusubiza mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku buvanganzo gakondo
bufatiye ku mwuga.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.2
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Uwiga yakoresheje Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza ko yumva ubuvanganzo
gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
141 | P a g e
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho y’ibisubizo ku kumva umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Inyunguramagambo
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.3: Gusoma umwandiko w’ubuvanganzo gakondo bushingiye ku
mwuga yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yashubije mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku buvanganzo gakondo bufatiye ku
mwuga.
142 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.3
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho y’isomwa ry’umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.4: Guhimba ahuza n’ubuvanganzo gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga
akurikiranya neza ingingo.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.4
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahinnye anahimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yasomye neza umwandiko w’ubuvanganzo gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga
yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
143 | P a g e
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Ibihangano bishingiye ku buvanganzo gakondo mu mwuga
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ihimbamwandiko
Ubuvanganzo gakondo bufatiye ku mwuga
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.5: Gutarama akoresheje ubuvanganzo bwizwe.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.5
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho ku gitaramo
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Igitaramo gishingiye ku buvanganzo gakondo
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yataramye akoresheje ubuvanganzo bwizwe.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
144 | P a g e
LU 2: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ibyiza by’ikoranabuhanga mu iterambere ry’umwuga no kugaragaza intêgo y’izina mbonera.
2
Umusaruro w’inyigisho:
1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ikoranabuhanga n’iterambere ry’umwuga abinyujije mu ngiro zinyuranye.
2. Gusubiza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 3. Gusoma umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya ingingo. 5. Kumurika ingero zihamya uruhare rw’ikoranabuhanga mu
iterambere ry’umwuga. 6. Kugaragaza intêgo y’izina mbonera.
Amasaha 6
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ikoranabuhanga n’iterambere ry’umwuga abinyujije mu
ngiro zinyuranye.
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoye;
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ikoranabuhanga n’iterambere ry’umwuga;
Inyunguramagambo; Insanganyamatsiko
y’umwandiko; Ingingo z’umuco; ingingo z’amateka; indangagaciro zo gukunda
umurimo (umurimo unoze, kubahiriza igihe…);
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ikoranabuhanga n’ iterambere ry’umwuga;
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ikoranabuhanga n’iterambere ry’umwuga.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu;
o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko n’inyunguramagambo;
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko;
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza indangagaciro zo gukunda umurimo;
o Gusoma bucece; o
- Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye ikoranabuhanga n’iterambere ry’umurimo ; ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
- SEDE (CD); - Disiketi ; - Ikibaho; - Marikeri; - Murandasi; - Inkoranyamagambo
n’inkoranyamuga; - Ibikoresho
by’ikoranabuhanga;
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
145 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ikoranabuhanga n’iterambere ry’umwuga abinyujije mu
ngiro zinyuranye. (Ibikurikira)
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo; Ihangamwandiko ku
nsanganyamatsiko y’ikoranabuhanga n’ iterambere ry’umwuga;
ingero zihamya uruhare rw’ikoranabuhanga mu iterambere ry’umwuga;
Intego y’izina mbonera.
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko, inyunguramagambo no kumurika ibyavuyemo;
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza;
o Gukusanya, mu matsinda, ibitekerezo ku ruhare rw’ikoranabuhanga mu iterambere ry’umwuga;
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko;
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo gukoresha nabi ikoranabuhanga mu mwuga n’ingamba zafatwa mu kubirwanya;
o Kugaragaza intego y’izina mbonera.
- Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye ikoranabuhanga n’iterambere ry’umurimo ; ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
- SEDE (CD); - Disiketi ; - Ikibaho; - Marikeri; - Murandasi; - Inkoranyamagambo
n’inkoranyamuga; - Ibikoresho
by’ikoranabuhanga;
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.1
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’uwiga ateze amatwi atarogoya
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Uwiga yakoresheje Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko
ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ikoranabuhanga n’iterambere ry’umwuga abinyujije mu
ngiro zinyuranye
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
146 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoye
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y”ikoranabuhanga niterambere ry’umwuga
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.2: Gusubiza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.2
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho ku bibazo byo kumva umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Inyunguramagambo
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko
Ingingo z’umuco
ingingo z’amateka
Indangagaciro zo gukunda umurimo
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yashubije ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
147 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.3: Gusoma umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.3
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho ry’isomwa ry’umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.4: Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya ingingo.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yasomye umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
148 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.4
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amashusho, amajwi n’inyandiko z’ihimba, imurika n’ihinamwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ikoranabuhanga n’ iterambere
ry’umwuga
Ihangamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ikoranabuhanga n’ iterambere
ry’umwuga
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.5: Kumurika ingero zihamya uruhare rw’ikoranabuhanga mu
iterambere ry’umwuga.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahinnye anahimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo
149 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.5
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amashusho n’amajwi y’imurika ry’ingero zihamya uruhare rw’ikoranabuhanga mu iterambere ry’umwuga
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ingero zihamya uruhare rw’ikoranabuhanga mu iterambere ry’umwuga
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.6: Kugaragaza intêgo y’izina mbonera.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.6
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yagaragaje intêgo y’izina mbonera
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yamuritse ingero zihamya uruhare rw’ikoranabuhanga mu iterambere
ry’umwuga
150 | P a g e
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Inyandiko y’ibisubizo ku ntêgo y’izina mbonera
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Intego y’izina mbonera
Umwanzuro
151 | P a g e
LU 3: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ububi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko no kugaragaza amategeko y’igenamajwi mu izina mbonera.
3
Umusaruro w’inyigisho:
1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ububi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo. 5. Kumurika ingamba zifatika zo kurwanya ikoreshwa
ry’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko. 6. Kugaragaza amategeko y’igenamajwi mu izina mbonera.
Amasaha 6
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ububi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko abinyujije mu
ngiro zitandukanye.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ububi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya;
Inyunguramagambo; Insanganyamatsiko
y’umwandiko; Ingingo z’umuco; ingingo z’amateka; indangagaciro zo kubaha
ubuzima (kwiyitaho); Ihinamwandiko ku
nsanganyamatsiko y’ububi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko;
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ ububi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko n’inyunguramagambo.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza indangagaciro zo kubaha ubuzima.
o Gusoma bucece. o
- Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko ku bubi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko;
- Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
- SEDE (CD); - Disiketi ; - Ikibaho; - Marikeri; - Murandasi; - Inkoranyamagambo
n’inkoranyamuga.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
152 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ububi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko abinyujije mu
ngiro zitandukanye. (Ibikurikira)
Ihangamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ ububi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko;
Ingamba zifatika zo kurwanya ikoreshwa ry’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko.
Amategeko y’igenamajwi mu izina mbonera.
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko, inyunguramagambo no kumurika ibyavuyemo.
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.
o Gukusanya, mu matsinda, ibitekerezo ku bubi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko n’ingamba zo kurwanya ikoreshwa ry’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kugaragaza amategeko y’igenamajwi mu izina mbonera.
- Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko ku bubi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko;
- Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo; - SEDE (CD); - Disiketi ; - Ikibaho; - Marikeri; - Murandasi; - Inkoranyamagambo
n’inkoranyamuga.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.1
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’uwiga ateze amatwi atarogoya
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Uwiga yakoresheje Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko
ku nsanganyamatsiko ku bubi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko abinyujije mu
ngiro zitandukanye
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
153 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y‘ububi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoye
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.2: Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.2
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho y’ibisubizo ku kumva umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Inyunguramagambo
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko
Ingingo z’umuco
ingingo z’amateka
indangagaciro zo kubaha ubuzima (kwiyitaho)
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yashubije neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
154 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.3: Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.3
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho y’isomwa ry’umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.4: Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yasomye neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
155 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.4
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi, amashusho n’inyandiko ku ihina n’ihimbamwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ububi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko
Ihangamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ ububi bw’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.5: Kumurika ingamba zifatika zo kurwanya ikoreshwa
ry’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahinnye anahimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo
156 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.5
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi, amashusho n’inyandiko ku ngamba zifatika zo kurwanya ikoreshwa ry’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ingamba zifatika zo kurwanya ikoreshwa ry’ibiyobyabwenge mu rubyiruko
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.6: Kugaragaza amategeko y’igenamajwi mu izina mbonera.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.6
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yagaragaje amategeko y’igenamajwi mu izina mbonera
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yamuritse ingamba zifatika zo kurwanya ikoreshwa ry’ibiyobyabwenge mu
rubyiruko
157 | P a g e
Gihamya Isuzuma
Ibisubizo by’imyitozo ku mategeko y’igenamajwi mu izina mbonera
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Amategeko y’igenamajwi mu izina mbonera
Umwanzuro
158 | P a g e
LU 4: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gufata neza ibidukikije.
4
Umusaruro w’inyigisho:
Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye uburyo bunyuranye bwo gufata neza ibidukikije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
Guhimba no kumurika umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.
Kumurika no gusobanura ibikorwa by’abanyamwuga bishobora kwangiza ibidukikije.
Gukoresha neza indangahantu
Amasaha 6
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye uburyo bunyuranye bwo gufata neza ibidukikije mu
ngiro zitandukanye.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye gufata neza ibidukikije;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoye.
Inyunguramagambo; Insanganyamatsiko
y’umwandiko; Ihimbamwandiko; Ibikorwa
by’abanyamwuga bishobora kwangiza ibidukikije;
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo; Indangahantu.
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye gufata neza ibidukikije.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu. o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva
umwandiko n’ inyunguramagambo. o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko
ivugwa mu mwandiko. o Gusoma bucece. o Gusoma mu matsinda. o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza
isesekaza. o Gukorera mu matsinda, bungurana
ibitekerezo ngamba zo kurengera ibidukikije.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko. o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo kwangiza
ibidukikije. o Gukoresha neza indangahantu.
- Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko ku kurengera ibidukikije;
- Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
- SEDE (CD); - Disiketi ; - Ikibaho; - Marikeri; - Murandasi; - Inkoranyamagambo
n’inkoranyamuga; - Amafoto.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
159 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.1
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’uwiga ateze amatwi atarogoya
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye gufata neza ibidukikije
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoye
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.2: Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.2
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yashubije neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Uwiga yakoresheje Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko
ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye uburyo bunyuranye bwo gufata neza ibidukikije
mu ngiro zitandukanye
160 | P a g e
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho y’ibisubizo ku kumva umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Inyunguramagambo
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.3: Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.3
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho y’isomwa ry’umwandiko
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yasomye neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
161 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.4: Guhimba no kumurika umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.4
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi, amashusho n’inyandiko ku ihimba n’imurikamwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ihimbamwandiko
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahimbye anamurika umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
162 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.5: Kumurika no gusobanura ibikorwa by’abanyamwuga bishobora
kwangiza ibidukikije.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.5
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho ku bisobanuro by’ ibikorwa by’abanyamwuga bishobora kwangiza ibidukikije
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ibikorwa by’abanyamwuga bishobora kwangiza ibidukikije
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yataramye akoresheje ubuvanganzo bwizwe.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
163 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.6: Gukoresha neza indangahantu.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.6
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Ibisubizo ku mikoreshereze y’indangahantu
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Indangahantu
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yakoresheje neza indangahantu
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
164 | P a g e
LU 5: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza akamaro k’ubutabazi bw’ibanze no kwandika yubahiriza imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda.
5
Umusaruro w’inyigisho:
Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye akamaro k’ubutabazi bw’ibanze mu ngiro zitandukanye.
Gusubiza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico.
Gusoma ikinamico yubahiriza uturango twayo.
Guhimba no gukina ikinamico ahuza imvugo n’ingiro.
Gukoresha mu mvugo n’inyandiko amagambo akwiye avuga ibice n’ingingo by’umubiri.
Kwandika yubahiriza ifatana n’itandukana ry’amagambo.
Amasaha 6
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye akamaro k’ubutabazi bw’ibanze mu ngiro
zitandukanye.
Ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye k’ubutabazi bw’ibanze;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoye;
Inyunguramagambo ku ngeri y’ikinamico;
Amagambo akwiye avuga ibice n’ingingo z’umubiri;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
Udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko k’ubutabazi bw’ibanze.
Ifatana n’itandukana ry’amagambo.
o Gutega amatwi ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubutabazi bw’ibanze.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu. o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva ikinamico
n’inyunguramagambo. o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu
ikinamico. o Gusoma bucece ikinamico. o Gusoma bakuramwa baranguruye bigana
abakinankuru. o Gukorera mu matsinda, bungurana
ibitekerezo ku nsanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka z’ingeso yo kudatabara abari mu kaga.
o Kubahiriza ifatana n’itandukana ry’amagambo.
o Gutahura no gukosora amakosa yubahiriza itandukana n’ifatana ry’amagambo.
- Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko;
- Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo ;
- SEDE (CD); - Disiketi ; - Ikibaho; - Marikeri; - Murandasi; - Inkoranyamagambo; - Amabwiriza ya Minisitiri
N0 001/2014 yo ku wa 08/10/2014 agenga imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda nk’uko yasohotse mu Igazeti ya Leta N0 41 bis yo ku wa 13/10/2014.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
165 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.1
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’uwiga ateze amatwi atarogoya
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye k’ubutabazi bw’ibanze
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoye
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.2: Gusubiza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.2
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yashubije ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Uwiga yakoresheje Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza ko yumva ikinamico ku
nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye akamaro k’ubutabazi bw’ibanze mu ngiro
zitandukanye
166 | P a g e
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho y’ibisubizo ku kumva umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Inyunguramagambo Inyunguramagambo ku ngeri y’ikinamico
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.3: Gusoma ikinamico yubahiriza uturango twayo.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.3
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho uwiga asoma ikinamico
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yasomye ikinamico yubahiriza uturango twayo
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
167 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.4: Guhimba no gukina ikinamico ahuza imvugo n’ingiro.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.4
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho n’inyandiko ku ikinamico
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ubutabazi bw’ibanze
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahimbye anakina ikinamico ahuza imvugo n’ingiro
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
168 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.5: Gukoresha mu mvugo n’inyandiko amagambo akwiye avuga ibice
n’ingingo by’umubiri.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.5
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Ibisubizo ku myitozo y’ikoreshwa ry’ amagambo akwiye avuga ibice n’ingingo by’umubiri
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Amagambo akwiye avuga ibice n’ingingo z’umubiri
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.6: Kwandika yubahiriza ifatana n’itandukana ry’amagambo.
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Reba Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yakoresheje mu mvugo n’inyandiko amagambo akwiye avuga ibice n’ingingo
by’umubiri
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
169 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.6
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Ibisubizo ku myitozo y’ ifatana n’itandukana ry’amagambo
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ifatana n’itandukana ry’amagambo
Umwanzuro
Ibitabo n’inyandiko byifashishijwe:
BIZIMANA S, KAYUMBA C., (2011), Inkoranya y’ikinyarwanda mu Kinyarwanda, IRST, 2ème, Edition
BIZIMANA, S., RWABUKUMBA, G., (2011), Inkoranya y’ikinyarwanda mu Kinyarwanda, IRST, 1ère
Edition
CHARMEAUX, E., (1975), La lecture à l’école, Cédix, Paris.
CONFÉRENCE DES MINISTRES DE L’EDUCATION DES ETATS D’EXPRESSION FRANÇAISE, (1986),
Promotion et intégration des langues nationales dans les systèmes éducatifs, Librairie Honoré
Champion, Paris.
COUPEZ A. (1961) Grammaire Rwanda Simplifiée, Usumbura
Dictionnaire Rwandais-Français, Edition abrégée et adaptée par Irénée JACOB.
EDITION BAKAME (2010) Ikinyarwanda Ikibonezamvugo cy’amashuri abanza n’ayisumbuye, Kigali
FOUNTAIN PUBLISHERS, (2011), Ikinyarwanda, Igitabo cy’umunyeshuri, Umwaka wa 4, Fountain
Publishers, Kigali
FOUNTAIN PUBLISHERS, (2011), Ikinyarwanda, Igitabo cy’umwarimu, Umwaka wa 5, Fountain
Publishers, Kigali
FOUNTAIN PUBLISHERS, (2011), Ikinyarwanda, Igitabo cy’umwarimu, Umwaka wa 6, Fountain
Publishers, Kigali
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yanditse yubahiriza ifatana n’itandukana ry’amagambo
170 | P a g e
GAGNÉ, G., PAGÉ, M. na ARRAB, E, (2002), Didactique des langues maternelles. Questions actuelles
dans différentes régions du monde, De Boeck Universitégions du monde, De Boeck Université,
Bruxelles.
GASIMBA F.X (2004), Inganzo y’Ubwanditsi, Prix Kadima . Paris, OIF
INTEKO NYARWANDA Y’URURIMI N’UMUCO (RALC),( 2013), Indangagaciro z’Umuco w’u Rwanda,
Imfashanyigisho ibanza, Kigali
KAGIRANEZA Z. (1989), Igitaramo ku mateka y’u Rwanda, MINESUPRESS
MINEDUC (2008), Ikinyarwanda : Imyandiko mfashanyigisho, Igitabo cy’Umunyeshuri, NCDC, Kigali
MINISTERI Y’AMASHURI ABANZA N’AYISUMBUYE (1986), Ikinyarwanda: Ikibonezamvugo cyo mu
Cyiciro cya Gatatu, Kigali
UNIVERSITY OF RWANDA/COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (2014), Umusogongero ku Buvanganzo Nyarwanda
, Kigali.
VANHOVE J. (1941), Essai de Droit Coutumier du Ruanda, Bruxelles, Librairie Falk fils.
171 | P a g e
C C M B P 4 0 1 - BUSINESS PLAN DEVELOPMENT
CCMBP401 Develop a business plan
REQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This module covers the skills, knowledge and attitude to develop a business plan which is
linked to organisational strategic outcomes and facilitates the achievement of service
delivery. The module will allow the learner to identify elements of business plan, develop
business plan in line with the identified elements, establish strategies to monitor, evaluate
and update the business plan (Contingency plan) and present a business plan.
172 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competency and perfomance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competency Performance criteria
1. Identify elements of business plan 1.1 Proper analysis of business environment in accordance
with identified business idea.
1.2 Appropriate conduct of business feasibility study in line
with business environment analysis results
1.3 Correct definition of business plan elements
2. Write a business plan in line with the
identified elements
2.1 Proper description of the business in accordance with
business environment analysis results
2.2 Proper design of business production plan in line with
results from business environment analysis
2.3 Clear design of marketing plan in line with market
feasibility study and business products
2.4 Accurate develop of business staffing requirement plan
in line with business activities
2.5 Proper design of business financial plan in line with
business needs
3. Establish strategies to monitor,
evaluate and update the business plan-
contingency plan
3.1 Clear identification of risk in accordance with business
environment
3.2 Accurate assessment of risk associated to the business
in line with the business plan developed
3.3 Clear explanation of business contingency plan
concepts
3.4 Accurate development of contingency plan in
accordance of assessed risks
4. Present a business plan
4.1 Accurate preparation of business plan presentation in
accordance with business plan Clearly explain Clear
different ways to present the business plan
4.2 Appropriate presentation of a business plan
173 | P a g e
LU 1: Identify elements of business plan.
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Analyse business environment in accordance with identified business idea.
2. Conduct business feasibility study in line with business environment analysis results
3. Define elements of business plan 4 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Analyse business environment in accordance with identified business
idea.
Meaning of business environment
Meaning of business situation
Types of business environment.
Internal environment
Financial resources
Assets
Human resources
Technological resources
External environment
Suppliers of Inputs
Customers
Marketing Intermediaries
Competitors
Publics
Economic environment
Social and Cultural environment
Political and Legal environment
Technical environment
Demographical environment
Natural environment
o Brainstorming
o Questions and answers
o Story telling
o Problem solving
o Role play
o Practical exercise
- Flipchart
- Marker pen
- Internet
- Reference books
- Case studies
- scenarios
- SWOT analysis
template
- Industry trends
analysis
template
Resources Learning activities Content
174 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.1: Analyse business environment in accordance with identified business
idea. (Cont’d)
Current industrial trends analysis:
Industry rivalry (Degree of
competition among existing
firms)
Treat of substitutes (products
or services)
Bargaining power of buyers
Bargaining power of suppliers
Barriers to entry (threat of new
entrants)
SWOT analysis of the business
o Brainstorming
o Questions and answers
o Story telling
o Problem solving
o Role play
o Practical exercise
- Flipchart
- Marker pen
- Internet
- Reference books
- Case studies
- scenarios
- SWOT analysis template
- Industry trends analysis
template
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Product evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
A produced industrial analysis
Performance criterion
Proper analysis of business environment in accordance with identified business
idea.
Resources Learning activities Content
175 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Types of business environment.
Analysis of business environment
Current industrial trends analysis
SWOT analysis of the business
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Conduct business feasibility study in line with business environment
analysis results
Meaning of business feasibility study
Purpose of business feasibility study
Components of business feasibility
study
Product feasibility
Market feasibility
Organizational feasibility
Financial feasibility
Recommendations and conclusion
Steps involved in feasibility analysis
Step 1. Conduct a preliminary
analysis
Step 2. Prepare a projected income
statement
Step 3. Conduct a market survey
Step 4. Plan business organization
and operations
Step 5. Prepare an opening day
balance sheet
Step 6. Review and analyze all data
Step 7. Make "go/no go" decision
o Brainstorming
o Questions and answers
o Problem solving
o Story telling
o Practical exercise
- Flipchart
- Marker pen
- Pen
- Internet
- Reference books
- Case studies
- scenarios
- Feasibility study
template
Resources Learning activities Content
176 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Product evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Problem solving
A produced business feasibility study.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of purpose of business feasibility study
Identification of components of business feasibility study
Performing steps involved in feasibility analysis
Observation
Performance criterion
Appropriately conduct business feasibility study in line with business
environment analysis results
177 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Define elements of business plan
Meaning of the term business plan
Difference between business plan and project plan
Importance of the business plan
The needs of the business plan Internal use External use
Elements of business plan Title/cover Page Executive Summary Description of the business Production plan Marketing plan Business staff plan Financial plan
Risk associated to the business Meaning of business risk Types of risks associated to the
business activities
o Brainstorming o Questions and answers o Story telling o Problem solving
- Flipchart - Marker pen - Pen - Internet - Reference books - Case studies - scenarios
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Performance criterion
Correctly define elements of business plan
Resources Learning activities Content
178 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Difference between business plan and project plan
Importance of the business plan
The needs of the business plan
Identification of business plan elements
Observation
179 | P a g e
LU 2: Write a business plan in line with the identified elements
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe the business 2. Design business production plan in line with results from business
environment analysis 3. Design marketing plan in line with market feasibility study and
business products 4. Design business staff in line with business activities 5. Develop business financial plan in line with business needs
20 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Describe the business
Title Page Business name Business logo Product mark Address Name of person who developed the
business In which month and year plan is
issued.
Executive summary the name and location of the
business Type of business to be done the industry/market of the business the uniqueness of the
products/services and what proprietary rights of the business
the current stage of development for the venture
the legal form of the organization and why
the key management personnel and what skills do they have that will help the business
o Oral presentation o Brainstorming o Questions and answers o Practical exercise
- Flipchart - Marker pen - Pen - Internet - Reference books - Case studies - Business plan template
Including questions that guiding trainee to write a business plan
Resources Learning activities Content
180 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.1: Describe the business (Cont’d)
Executive summary (Cont’d) Projection of sales the break-even Who is requesting the funds For what purpose are the funds
being requested the expected benefits of this
investment to your company funds repayment collateral to be used to secure a
loan the business financial milestones
Description of the business The rationale of the business idea Structure of the business What is the type of the business
(Manufacturing? Services? Construction?
Business mission Business vision Business objectives Competitive advantage of the
business
o Oral presentation o Brainstorming o Questions and answers o Practical exercise
- Flipchart - Marker pen - Pen - Internet - Reference books - Case studies - Business plan template
Including questions that guiding trainee to write a business plan
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Product
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
A produced business caver page and description of the business.
Performance criterion
Proper description of the business in accordance with business environment
analysis results
Resources Learning activities Content
181 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Cover page- 1page
Executive summary-1 page
Description of the business
Reflecting business idea
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Design business production plan in line with results from business
environment analysis
Product design Branding and Packaging
Business premises and plant location Location and reason of the choice House or land for the production
Equipment and machinery required types, quality and quantity for the
production
Production planning process under which the production
will pass through
Raw materials The amount of raw materials
needed to produce a given quantity of product
Amount of each ingredient that will be needed to formulate a batch/set of product
Competing technologies the technology to be used during the
production process technologies that should be
developed by other and affect your business
o Oral presentation o Brainstorming o Questions and answers o Practical exercise
- Flipchart - Marker pen - Pen - Internet - Reference books - Case studies - Business plan
template Including questions that guiding trainee to write a business plan
Resources Learning activities Content
182 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2: Design business production plan in line with results from business
environment analysis (Cont’d)
Manufacturing and operations the cost of manufacturing Reduction of the manufacturing cost
Quality control and ongoing service plan to avoid defects or imperfections
of products Monitoring or inspection that you
intend to build into the production process
strategies will you use to satisfy the customer changing preferences
Labour requirements Types of workers needed during
production process the required skills of each workers
Operations The design of your production
operations
Utilities and office consumables Consumables needed in the
production
Packaging equipment required Types of materials that you will use to
package your product Source of supply and the quantity
needed The terms and conditions of suppliers
Importance of business product
o Oral presentation o Brainstorming o Questions and answers o Practical exercise
- Flipchart - Marker pen - Pen - Internet - Reference books - Case studies - Business plan
template Including questions that guiding trainee to write a business plan
Resources Learning activities Content
183 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Product
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
A produced production plan of the business.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Product design Identification of business premises and plant location Estimation of equipment and machinery required Designing production planning Estimation of raw materials Setting competing technologies Manufacturing and operations Quality control and ongoing service Labour requirements Operations Utilities and office consumables Packaging equipment required Importance of business product
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper designing of business production plan in line with results from business
environment analysis
184 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.3: Design marketing plan in line with market feasibility study and business
products
Market research (Customer description)
Market Analysis Geographical location of the customers The size of the different market
segments? The current and past trends affecting the
market you plan to enter
Competition analysis Major competitors the SWOT of your competitors Use their weakness to compete them strategy to address the threats
Target market core customer group of customers that made you to start
your business
Marketing objectives market share The level of sales Market intermediaries
Product description Product positioning the proportions of sales revenue for each
type of product/service Economic value of your products/services
Price of products/services
Place Where will you locate your business and
why At which market will you sell your
product? What is channel of distribution of your
product
Promotion How will you communicate to customers
the availability of your product How will you offer discount to customer
- Oral presentation
- Brainstorming
- Questions and answers
- Practical exercise
- Flipchart
- Marker pen
- Pen
- Internet
- Reference books
- Case studies
- Business plan
template Including
questions that
guiding trainee to
write a business
plan
Resources Learning activities Content
185 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.3: Design marketing plan in line with market feasibility study and business
products (Cont’d)
Market Strategies What will be the partners of your
business How will you manage your
customers How will you increase market
share
Ongoing marketing evaluation What methods will you use to
track customer satisfaction What methods will you use to
track the effectiveness of your marketing activities
What communication will you use to get feedback from customers
Marketing budget What will be the cost of
marketing activities
- Oral presentation
- Brainstorming
- Questions and answers
- Practical exercise
- Flipchart
- Marker pen
- Pen
- Internet
- Reference books
- Case studies
- Business plan
template Including
questions that guiding
trainee to write a
business plan
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Product
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
A produced marketing plan of the business plan.
Performance criterion
Clearly design marketing plan in line with market feasibility study and business
products
Resources Learning activities Content
186 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Market research Target market Marketing objectives Product description Price Place Promotion Market Strategies Ongoing marketing evaluation Marketing budget
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.4: Design business staff in line with business activities
Job analysis What are the business
activities
Job description How each task will be
performed
Job specifications What are the performance
requirements to a specific task
Organizational structure What is the hierarchy of the
staff
- Oral presentation - Brainstorming - Questions and answers - Practical exercise
- Flipchart - Marker pen - Pen - Internet - Reference books - Case studies - Business plan
template Including questions that guiding trainee to write a business plan
Resources Learning activities Content
187 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Product
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
A produced developed business staff.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Job analysis
Job description
Job specifications
Organizational structure
Observation
Performance criterion
Accurately develop business requirements in terms of staffing in line with
business activities
188 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.5: Develop business financial plan in line with business needs
Total cost
Start-up requirements plan Cost items (What are the cost items
your business will need in its first year of implementation
Cost : how much each item cost Source of funds: what are the source
of fund: What is the share owner
Projected cash flow statement for the first three years what is the estimated profit in three years?) Details Period of twelve months
Projected Income: Profit & Loss statement for the first three years How your business will vary in
term of income for 3 years
Projected balance sheet for the first three years What will be the financial position
of your business in the first three years
Liquidity ration What is the business ability to pay
its short term obligations
Debt Equity ratio
Return of investment ratio What is profitability percentages on
business performance How efficiently the company will use
their total assets base to generate sales
Breakeven point At which point your business, product
will become financially viable
Payback period At which period the business will
cover cash invested on its asset
Projected sales plan
Loan payment plan
o Oral presentation o Brainstorming o Questions and answers o Practical exercise
- Flipchart - Marker pen - Pen - Internet - Reference
books - Case studies - Business plan
template Including questions that guiding trainee to write a business plan
Resources Learning activities Content
189 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Product
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
A produced business financial plan.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Total cost
Start-up requirements plan
Projected Income (Profit & Loss) statement for the first three years
Projected balance sheet for the first three years
Projected cash flow statement for the first three years
Liquidity ration
Debt Equity ratio
Return of investment ratio
Breakeven point
Payback period
Projected sales plan
Loan payment plan
Observation
Performance criterion
Properly design business financial plan in line with business needs
190 | P a g e
LU 3: Establish strategies to monitor evaluate and update the business plan (Contingency plan).
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Analyse risk in accordance with business environment 2. Assess identified risks in accordance with business plan
developed 3. Explain business contingency plan concepts 4. Development contingency plan in accordance of assessed risks
3 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Analyse risk in accordance with business environment
Meaning of Monitoring, Evaluation and Updating business plan
Important tools used in updating business plan CANVAS model Marketing plan review
Importance of Monitoring and Evaluation
Steps involved in risk analysis. Identify threats Financial Technical Political Natural Structural Threats identification tools:
SWOT Analysis PESTEL Analysis
Estimate risks (Quantitative and Qualitative risk estimation)
Risk estimation tools: Risk impact chart Probability chart
o Oral presentation
o Brainstorming
o Questions and answers
o Practical exercise
- Flipchart
- Marker pen
- Pen
- Internet
- Reference books
- Case studies
- Risk analysis
template
Resources Learning activities Content
191 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Meaning of monitoring, evaluation and updating business plan
Important tools used in updating business plan
Meaning of risk analysis
Importance of risk analysis
Steps involved in risk analysis
Steps involved in risk analysis
Observation
Performance criterion
Clearly identified risk in accordance with business environment
192 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.2: Assess identified risks in accordance with business plan developed
Factors influencing risks assessment
SWOT analysis
What factors are critical for
the success of your plan?
What risk does your plan
should face?
Analyze the source of the
risk, the probability of it
happening and the effects
What measures can you take
to avoid these risks?
Define operational plan
PESTEL analysis
What factors are critical
for the success of your
plan in relation with
politics, economy, social,
technological,
environment and legal
What measures can you
take to avoid these risks
Define operational plan
o Brainstorming
o Oral presentation
o Group discussion
o Documentary research
o Internet research
o Practical exercise
o Questions and answers
- Flipchart
- Markers
- Pen
- Internet
- Reference books
- Case studies
- Business plan
- Computer
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Accurately assess risk associated to the business in line with the business plan
developed
Resources Learning activities Content
193 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Factors influencing risks assessment
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Explain business contingency plan concepts
Meaning of contingency plan
Purpose of contingency plan
Importance of contingency plan
Types of business contingency plan
o Brainstorming on identifying
meaning of key words
o Oral presentation
o Group discussion
o Questions and answers
o Documentary research
o Internet research
- Flipchart
- Markers
- Pen
- Internet
- Reference books
- Case studies
- Business plan
- Computer
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Briefly explain business contingency plan concepts
Resources Learning activities Content
194 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Product
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
A produced schedule
Checklist Score
Yes No
Meaning of contingency plan
Purpose of contingency plan
Importance of contingency plan
Types of business contingency plan
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.4: Development contingency plan in accordance of assessed risks
Steps involved in contingency plan
Identifying requirements related to
specific contingency plan
Cost Calculation of requirements
identified
Appreciation of company capacity
to cover risks identified
Decide choice to undertake
Adaptation
Complementarity
Abandon
Specific strategies to make the
contingency plan operational
Describe the risk statement
Define the protocol
o Brainstorming
o Oral presentation
o Group discussion
o Documentary research
o Internet research
o Practical exercise
o Questions and answers
- Flipchart
- Markers
- Pen
- Internet
- Reference books
- Case studies
- Role play scenarios
- Business plan
- Computer
Resources Learning activities Content
195 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Product
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
A produced contingency
Checklist Score
Yes No
Steps involved in contingency plan
Specific strategies to make the contingency plan operational
Observation
Performance criterion
Accurate development of contingency plan in accordance of assessed risks
196 | P a g e
LU 4: Present a business plan
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Explain different ways to present the business plan 2. Explain different ways to present the business plan 3. Present a business plan
3 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Explain different ways to present the business plan
Purpose of business plan presentation Financing support Strategic orientation Attracting investors
Types of preparation required Content preparation Material preparation Psychological preparation
Steps involved in preparation of business plan presentation
Analyze your audience Select a topic Define the objective of the presentation
of business plan. Prepare the body of the business plan to
be presented and anticipate the questions from audience
Prepare the suggestions and conclusion. Practice delivering the presentation of
business plan
Presentation content Business idea Market Marketing strategy
o Brainstorming
o Group discussion
o Questions and answers
o Practical exercise
- Flipchart
- Markers
- Pen
- Internet
- Reference books
- Case studies
- play scenarios
- Computer
Resources Learning activities Content
197 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 4.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Product
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
A produced presentation of business plan
Checklist Score
Yes No
Purpose (Why) of business plan presentation
Types of preparation required
Steps involved in preparation of business plan presentation
Observation
Performance criterion
Accurately prepare of business plan presentation in accordance with business
plan
198 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.2: Explain different ways to present the business plan
The business plan shall be presented
shareholder
stakeholder
Procedures involved in business plan
presentation
Connect with your audience
Business like
Simple language
Presentation touch at a
personal level
Paint a picture in your audience’ minds
Pick out great images and
visual
Lasting impression
Put credibly content
Use statistics and data
Charts
Graph
o Brainstorming Questions
and answers
o Group discussion
o Role play
- Flipchart
- Markers
- Pen
- Internet
- Reference books
- Case studies
- scenarios
- Computer
- Internet
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Clearly explain different ways to present the business plan
Resources Learning activities Content
199 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Types of audience to whom to present a business plan
Procedures involved in business plan presentation
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.3: Present a business plan
Techniques to present your business plan Only write key points Don’t read them, speak about
them Use visualization, pictures,
symbols, colours, tables Short, concise, come to the point,
not more than 10 min. React positive to questions Use body language, voice,
appearance Try to convince
Integrating comments, suggestions and remarks in the business plan
Planning to maintain and enforce relationship with stakeholders (audience) for further collaboration
o Brainstorming o Group discussion o Questions and answers o Role play
o Internet o Reference books o Case studies o scenarios o Computer o Internet
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Appropriately present a business plan
Resources Learning activities Content
200 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
Video
photos
Checklist Score
Yes No
Techniques to present your business plan
Integrating comments, suggestions and remarks in the business plan
Planning to maintain and enforce relationship with stakeholders (audience) for further
collaboration
Observation
References:
Omagor, P. a. (2010). Entrepreneurship education for advanced level students.
Ssempijja, M. (2011). Entrepreneurship education for advanced level and business institutions,
third edition. Uganda: Kyambogo University.
SANGSTER, F. W. (2005). Bussiness accounting, tenth edition. UK: Pearson Education
Limited.
Read more: http://www.businessdictionary.com/definition/breakeven-point.html
201 | P a g e
C C M I A 4 0 1 - INDUSTRIAL ATTACHMENT PROGRAM (IAP)
CCMIA401 Integrate the workplace
REQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 30 300
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to integrate the
learners/internee in workplace for an industrial attachment program. The module will allow
the learner to investigate and secure industrial attachment place, deal with workplace
challenges, comprehend the whole process of the industrial attachment program and be able
to demonstrate the competencies acquired at school in the real workplace.
202 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
All the modules covered at REQF level 4.
Elements of competency and perfomance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competency Performance criteria
1. Investigate and secure industrial
attachment place
1.1 Accurate description of types of industries
1.2 Appropriate mapping of the industry organizational
structure
1.3 Proper identification of importance of industrial
attachment
1.4 Accurate collection of information on different
industries where one can carry his/her IAP
1.5 Proper selection of industrial attachment place based
on training package
1.6 Appropriate application of correspondences
2. Deal with workplace challenges 2.1 Proper identification of industrial attachment
challenges
2.2 Careful development of ways/ strategies to overcome
industrial attachment challenges
2.3 Regular creativity and innovation in accordance with
work situation
3. Get briefed on industrial attachment
program
3.1 Proper setting of industrial attachment goals.
3.2 Proper description of IAP documents
3.3 Clear explanation on how IAP assessment is conducted.
4. Develop one’s competencies on the
workplace
4.1 Expected competencies are fully developed
4.2 Trainee logbook is completely and well filled
4.3 Proper description of gained work experience
203 | P a g e
LU 1: Investigate and secure industrial attachment place.
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe types/categories of industry. 2. Map the industry organizational structure 3. Identify importance of industrial attachment 4. Collect information on different industries 5. Select industrial attachment place based on training package 6. Apply correspondences 10 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Describe types/categories of industry.
Definition of terms Firm Sector Industry Company Organization Factory Enterprise
Industry classification Primary industry Genetic industry Extractive industry Manufacturing industry Construction industry Service industry
Industry sectors
o Small group work
o Large group discussion
o Observation of pictures
o Presentation of videos
o Group discussions
o Group work on the industry
classification.
o Site visit
- Pictures and videos of
various industries
- Reference books
- Chalkboard
- Projector
- Power Point
presentation on
categories of industry
Formative Assessment 1.1
Performance criterion
Accurate description of types of industries.
Resources Learning activities Content
204 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Product evidence
Essay (extended responses) Sentence completion Expose /presentation
Concept / mind map (organizational chart)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Types of industries
Industry classification
Industry sectors
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Map the industry organizational structure
Purpose of organizational
structure
Benefits to use
organizational chart
Types of organizational
structure.
o Large group discussion
o Individual work
o Pair work
o Small group work
o Large group discussion
o Learning through pictures.
o mapping the industry
organizational structure
- Sample of organizational
structure
- Reference books
- Chalkboard
- Projector
- Power Point presentation
on mapping the industry
organizational structure
- Pictures
Formative Assessment 1.2
Performance criterion
Appropriate mapping of the industry organizational structure.
Resources Learning activities Content
205 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral evidence
Expose /presentation Concept / mind map (organizational chart)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Organizational Chart
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Identify importance of industrial attachment
Benefits of IAP
Characteristics of IAP
o Small group work
o Large group discussion
o Asking questions
o Group work on the IAP
characteristics.
o Research on IAP.
- Reference books
- Chalkboard
- Projector
- Power Point
presentation on
importance of
industrial attachment
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper identification of importance of industrial attachment
Resources Learning activities Content
206 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral evidence
Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Expose /presentation
Learning Outcome 1.4: Collect information on different industries
industry location
Industry type
Industry size
o Observation of the environment
o Research on the industry types
and size
o Guided learning on how to collect
information
o Learning through maps
o Asking questions
o Group work on the given topic
o Industry visit
- Reference books
- Chalkboard
- Projector
- Power Point
presentation on
collection of
information on
different industries
Formative Assessment 1.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Importance of industrial attachment
Observation
Performance criterion
Accurate collection of information on different industries where one can carry
his/her IAP.
Resources Learning activities Content
207 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Essay (short responses / extended responses)
Expose (presentation)
Learning Outcome 1.5: Select industrial attachment place based on training package.
IAP selection criteria
Training package
Tasks related to the field.
Working hours
o Reflection on the training
package
o Pair sharing of selection criteria
of IAP place
o Discussions
o Asking questions
o Industry visit
- Reference books
- Chalkboard
- Projector
- Power Point
presentation on
selection of industrial
attachment)
Formative Assessment 1.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Information about:
industry location
Industry type
Industry size
Recorded information on different industries where one can carry out his/her IAP
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper selection of industrial attachment place based on training package
Resources Learning activities Content
208 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral
Question and answer
Learning Outcome 1.6: Apply correspondences
Use of workplace documents.
IAP application letter
Curriculum vitae
Complain letter
Thanks letter
o Research on how to use
workplace documents
o Guided learning on how to
write workplace documents
o Asking questions
o Group work on the
interpretation of the workplace
documents
- Sample of IAP
application letter
- Sample of Curriculum
vitae
- Sample of Complain
letter
- Sample of thanks letter
- Reference books
- Chalkboard
- Projector
- Correspondences
Formative Assessment 1.6
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Appropriate industrial attachment place based on training package
Observation
Performance criterion
Appropriate application of correspondences.
Resources Learning activities Content
209 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Product
Short responses
Different Workplace documents
Checklist Score
Yes No
Workplace documents / completed Checklist
Essential element of workplace documents
Observation
210 | P a g e
LU 2: Deal with workplace challenges.
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify industrial attachment challenges 2. Develop ways/strategies to overcome industrial attachment
challenges 3. Discuss creativity and innovation at work place
20 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Identify industrial attachment challenges
IAP challenges (before ,During and
After)
Budget issues
Cope with a new work situation
Insufficient of industrial
attachment place
Lack of assistance from industrial
attachment in charge
Industry attitude toward interns
o Observation of the
environment
o Group discussion on IAP
challenges
o Pair sharing of IAP challenges.
- Reference books
- Projector
- Power Point presentation
on creativity and
innovation
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper identification of industrial attachment challenges.
Resources Learning activities Content
211 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Multiple choice exercises
True or false questioning
Matching
Sentence completion
Expose (presentation).
Checklist Score
Yes No
List Possible industrial attachment challenges.
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Develop ways/strategies to overcome industrial attachment challenges
Effective strategies to enhance IAP
Partnership with industries
Collaboration/Regular contact
Early Preparation of IAP
Tips for Overcoming Your IAP
Challenges
Being patient
Meet new people
Effective communication
o Pair sharing on effective
strategies to enhance IAP
o Brainstorming on the way to
overcome IAP challenges.
o Research on effective
strategies and tips to
overcome IAP challenges
o Asking questions
o Group discussion on ways to
overcome IAP challenges
- Reference books
- Chalkboard
- Projector
- Power Point
presentation on
creativity and
innovation
Formative Assessment 2.2
Performance criterion
Careful development of ways/ strategies to overcome industrial attachment
challenges.
Resources Learning activities Content
212 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance
Essay (short responses /extended responses) Role play Scenarios Scenarios – Completed checklist.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Possible ways/strategies to overcome industrial attachment challenges
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.3: Discuss creativity and innovation at work place
Ways to develop creativity in
the workplace.
Ways to promote innovation
in your workplace.
o Pair sharing of effective ways to
promote creativity and innovation
o Research on good ways to develop
creativity and innovation
o Asking questions
o Discussions on ways to promote and
develop creativity and innovation
- Reference books
- Chalkboard
- Projector
- Power Point
presentation on
creativity and
innovation)
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Regular creativity and innovation in accordance with work situation.
Resources Learning activities Content
213 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Multiple choice True or false question
Essay (short responses /extended responses)
Checklist Score
Yes No
List of possible ways to develop creativity and innovation on the workplace
Observation
214 | P a g e
LU 3: Get briefed on industrial attachment program.
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Set industrial attachment goals. 2. Describe of IAP documents. 3. Explain how IAP assessment is conducted.
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Set industrial attachment goals.
Goals of industrial attachment
o Group discussion on the IAP
goal
o Research on the IAP goals
o Asking questions
o Individual work on the
setting of own IAP goals
- Hand out on industrial
attachment goals.
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Essay (short responses /extended responses) Multiple choice True or false question Question and answer
Performance criterion
Proper setting of industrial attachment goals.
Resources Learning activities Content
215 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Essential elements of IAP documents
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Describe of IAP documents.
IAP Logbooks:
IAP list of competencies to be
developed
IAP attendance sheet
IAP agreement
IAP report form
IAP Evaluation form
IAP interview form
o Presentation
o Small group work on the
interpretation of IAP
logbooks
o Exercise on the completion
of IAP logbooks
o Guided learning on how to
complete IAP logbooks
- Logbooks
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Accurately assess risk associated to the business in line with the business plan
developed
Resources Learning activities Content
216 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Factors influencing risks assessment
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Explain how IAP assessment is conducted.
Written tests
Performance evidence(marked by company supervisor)
Respond to interview questions
o Presentation by trainees and trainer
o Discussion on IAP assessment is conducted
o Asking questions
- Vocational tools - Task sheets
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Product
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
A produced schedule
Performance criterion
Briefly explain business contingency plan concepts
Resources Learning activities Content
217 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Meaning of contingency plan
Purpose of contingency plan
Importance of contingency plan
Types of business contingency plan
Observation
218 | P a g e
LU 4: Develop one’s competencies on the workplace.
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Develop competencies related to one’s field. 2. Fill in trainee logbook 3. Describe gained work experience
280 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Develop competencies related to one’s field.
o Preform daily workplace routine tasks related to one’s field.
- Industry tools, equipment and consumables related to one’s field
Formative Assessment 4.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Expected competencies are fully developed.
Resources Learning activities Content
219 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
Product
Checklist Score
Yes No
List of well performed activities
tasks given by industry (checklist)
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2: Fill in trainee logbook
o Complete trainee logbook
o Complete IAP reports
o Complete IAP Evaluation
o Conduct IAP interview
- logbooks
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Trainee logbook is completely and well filled.
Resources Learning activities Content
220 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
Product
Checklist Score
Yes No
List of well performed activities/ tasks given by industry (checklist)
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.3: Describe gained work experience
o Presentation on work experience related to one’s field
- Questionnaires related to work experience.
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Expose (presentation)
Essay (short responses / extended responses)photos
Performance criterion
Proper description of gained work experience.
Resources Learning activities Content
221 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Brief presentation of experience gained during the industrial attachment period
Observation
References:
1. http://www.differencebetween.net/business/difference-between-factory-and-industry/
2. https://www.capitalfm.co.ke/campus/students-5-things-you-need-to-do-to-secure-an-
attachment/
3. http://smallbusiness.chron.com/purpose-organizational-structure-3812.html
4. http://iamanentrepreneur.in/guru-gyan/importance-mapping-organisation-structure/
5. https://www.edrawsoft.com/why-use-orgchart.php
6. http://open.lib.umn.edu/strategicmanagement/chapter/9-3-creating-an-organizational-
structure/
7. http://www.differencebetween.com/difference-between-company-and-vs-industry/
8. https://hbr.org/2014/11/to-encourage-innovation-make-it-a-competition
9. http://www.innovationmanagement.se/2012/11/09/does-encouraging-creativity-in-the-
workplace-improve-innovation/
10. http://smallbusiness.chron.com/different-ways-file-documents-filing-cabinet-57513.html
11. https://www.thebalance.com/creating-a-document-management-system-2948084
12. http://www.wow.com/wiki/Technical_writing?s_chn=70&s_pt=source2&s_gl=US&v_t=content
13. https://bizfluent.com/how-5093085-write-daily-report.html
14. https://resources.workable.com/supervisor-job-description
15. https://ischool.syr.edu/infospace/2017/07/20/tips-overcoming-Industrial Attachment Program
(IAP)-challenges/
16. https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Frank_Twenefour/publication/272370787_Industrial_Tra
ining_Programmes_of_Polytechnics_in_Ghana_The_Pertinent_Issues/links/55056a6e0cf24cee3
a046df8/Industrial-Training-Programmes-of-Polytechnics-in-Ghana-The-Pertinent-Issues.pdf
17. https://toughnickel.com/misc/Challenges-faced-by-interns-Problems-commonly-found-in-
Industrial Attachment Program (IAP)s
18. Adu peproh J., Frank.B.K Twenefour (2015) industrial training program of polytechnics in Ghana:
the pertinent issues, Ghana
222 | P a g e
E L O C I 4 0 1 - CCTV CAMERA INSTALLATION
ELOCI401 Install CCTV Camera System
ELOCI Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 7 70
Sector: Technical Services
Sub-sector: Electronic Services
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to install CCTV camera.
The learner will be able to select, arrange different materials, equipment and tools used during
CCTV camera installation. Moreover, he/she will be able to fix, connect and configure different
devices of a CCTV camera system including; monitor, connectors, cables, iDVR, AVR/NVR, IP
cameras or analog cameras and UPS.
223 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Basics of digital electronics
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Conduct site survey
1.1 Efficient study of the environmental requirements according to the work to be done
1.2 Adequate identification of the network structure and devices according to their types and specifications
1.3 Proper selection of tools, materials and equipment according to the work to be done.
1.4 Proper preparation of the workplace according to the work to be done.
2. Fix and connect the devices 2.1 Adequate Layout and fixation of trunking and cables conduits according to the standards
2.2 Proper fixation and mounting of cameras according to manufacturer’s catalog
2.3 Correct connection of cameras and controller devices according to CCTV camera system installation standards
3. Configure, test the system and
handover the work done
3.1 Convenient configuration of the CCTV camera system according to the manufacturer’s instructions
3.2 Appropriate testing of the CCTV camera system according to the testing techniques
3.3 Appropriate cleaning of the working area according to the cleaning techniques
3.4 Appropriate elaboration of the installation report according to reporting techniques
3.5 Proper provision of the invoice according to the work done
3.6 Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to manufacturer instructions.
224 | P a g e
LU 1: Conduct site survey
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Study the environmental requirements according to the work to
be done.
2. Identify the network structure and devices according to their
types and specifications
3. Select tools, materials and equipment according to the work to
be done
4. Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
10 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1Study the environmental requirements according to the work to be
done.
Classification of CCTV camera system installation based on environmental requirements
Indoor Outdoor
Installation requirements for indoor and outdoor CCTV camera
Coverage area Visual angle Temperature Humidity Technology(analog/IP
camera)
o Brainstorming on classification of CCTV camera installation based on environmental requirements
o Brainstorming on Installation requirements for indoor and outdoor
o Group discussion on classification of CCTV camera system installation based on environmental requirements
o Group discussion on Installation requirements for indoor and outdoor CCTV camera system
o Documentary research on environmental requirements
1. Books 2. Handout notes 3. White board 4. Black board 5. chalk 6. Projector 7. Marker pen 8. Eraser 9. Flipchart 10. Video aid
Resources Learning activities Content
225 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Oral
Product evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open question Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Study the environmental requirements (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Classification of CCTV camera installations based on environmental requirements
Identification of installation requirements for indoor CCTV camera system
Identification of installation requirements for outdoor CCTV camera system
Adequacy of information about the environmental requirements study
Provision of the study report
Observation
Performance criterion
Conduct site survey
226 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2 Identify the network structure and devices according to their types and
specifications
Definition of network structure and network device
Types of network structure /topology
Physical Topology: Ring topology Mesh topology Bus topology Star topology
Logical topology IP address classes
Commonly used network devices
Switch Access point
Types of network media: Wireless media Wired media(Ethernet
cable, fibers)
o Brainstorming on the types of network structure /topology
o Group discussion on the types of network structure /topology and devices
o Practical exercises on the use of network devices with their specification
o Documentary research on network structure and devices
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Oral
Product evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open question Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Study the environmental requirements (checklist)
Performance criterion
Conduct site survey
Resources Learning activities Content
227 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of different types of network structure
Identification of commonly used network devices
Identification of different types of network media
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Select tools, materials and equipment according to the work to be
done
Definition of tools, materials and equipment
Types of tools and their use Screw drivers Pliers Hammer Allen keys Soldering iron Di-soldering pump CCTV Cable stripper CCTV Cable crimping tool( for RG-
58,59) Ethernet cable crimping tool
Types of equipment and their use iDVR NVR Camera UPS Digital multi-meter Cable tester Handheld CCTV Monitor LCD service Monitor
o Brainstorming on the types of tools, materials and equipment
o Group discussion on the types of tools, materials and equipment
o Practical exercises on the use of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on tools, materials and equipment
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Screw drivers - Pliers - Hammer - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering
pump - CCTV Cable
stripper - CCTV Cable
crimping tool( for RG-58,59)
- Ethernet cable
Resources Learning activities Content
228 | P a g e
IP Camera tester PPE Drilling machine Screwdriver machine
Types of materials and their use Soldering tin Glue Silicon Insulator tape Screws Universal anchors Trunking, Cables (Coaxial, fiber optics,
twisted pair) flexible pipes Ladder Connectors(RJ45,BNC,Video
balloon) junction box
Difference between tools, materials and equipment
crimping tool - Digital multi-
meter - Cable tester - Handheld CCTV
Monitor - LCD service
Monitor - IP Camera tester - PPE - Drilling machine - Screwdriver
machine - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal
anchors - Trunking, Cables
and wires - Connectors - UPS - NVR - DVR
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
performance
Oral
Product evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Task: Select tools, equipment and materials needed for CCTV camera system installation (checklist)
Performance criterion
Conduct site survey.
229 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of tools required for CCTV camera system installation
Selection of materials required for required for CCTV camera system installation
Selection of equipment required for CCTV camera system installation
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.4: Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
Arrangement techniques of tools, materials and equipment in the workplace
Arrangement by type Arrangement by
manufacturer instruction
Setup of workplace trespassing signs/ notice
o Brainstorming on arrangement techniques of different tools, materials and equipment in workplace
o Group discussion on the arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment
o Practical exercises on the arrangement of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on work place
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Screw drivers - Pliers - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - CCTV Cable stripper - CCTV Cable crimping tool(
for RG-58,59) - Ethernet cable crimping
tool - Digital multi-meter - Cable tester - Handheld CCTV Monitor - LCD service Monitor - IP Camera tester - PPE - Drilling machine - Screwdriver machine - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Trunking, Cables and
wires - Connectors
230 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Performance evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Select tools, equipment and materials needed for CCTV camera system installation (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Arrangement of required tools
Arrangement of required materials
Arrangement of required equipment
Setup of trespassing signs/notice
Observation
Performance criterion
Conduct site survey.
231 | P a g e
LU 2: Fix and connect the devices
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Fix trunking and cable conduits according to the standards
2. : Fix and mount Camera according to manufacturer’s catalog
3. Connect cameras and controller devices according to CCTV
camera system installation standards 40 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1 Fix trunking and cable conduits according to the standards
Definition of cable conduits and cable trunking
Classification of cable
conduits and trunking;
Based on size
(section);
Based on the
nature of material
(PVC, metallic)
Techniques for fixing and
connecting cables conduits
and trunking:
Planning the route of the cables conduits and trunking
Measurement of
trunking and cables
length
o Brainstorming on classification of cables conduits and trunking
o Group discussion on classification of cables conduits and trunking
o Illustration of cables conduits and trunking
o Brainstorming on techniques for fixing and connecting cables conduits and trunking
o Group discussion on techniques for fixing and connecting cables conduits and trunking.
o Practical exercises on fixing, connecting and closing cables conduits and trunking
o Documentary research on cable conduits and trunking
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Cables conduits and trunking
11. Gloves 12. Helmet 13. Safety shoes 14. Overall 15. Overcoat 16. Goggles 17. Nose mask 18. Earmuff 19. Screw drivers 20. Pliers 21. Drilling machine 22. Hammer 23. Screwdriver machine 24. Glue
Resources Learning activities Content
232 | P a g e
Cutting cable conduits
and trunking
Joining cable conduits
and trunking (: Straight
joint, ‘T’ joint, ‘L’
joint(450), ‘L’ joint
straight, Through joint)
Bending cable conduits
and trunking
Drilling and fixing of cable conduits and trunking
25. Silicon 26. Screws
- Universal anchors
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Place cable trunking for a given CCTV camera system installation (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of cable conduits and trunking based on section
Selection of cable conduits and trunking based on nature of material
Application of techniques for fixing and connecting cable conduits and trunking
Adequacy of planning the route line for cable conduits and trunking
Adequacy of drilling and fixing cable conduits and trunking
Adequacy of cutting cable conduits and trunking
Performance criterion
Fix and connect the devices
233 | P a g e
Adequacy of joining cable conduits and trunking
Adequacy of bending cable conduits
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2 : Fix and mount Camera according to manufacturer’s catalog
Types of Camera and their use Analog IP
Steps of fixing and mounting the camera:
fixing the stand mounting the camera Positioning the camera to the
desired angle
o Brainstorming on types of Camera and their use
o Group discussion on types of Camera and their use
o Practical exercises on different types of camera
o Group discussion on Steps of Mounting the camera
o Practical exercises on mounting the camera
o Practical exercises on the use of controller devices
o Documentary research on fixation and mounting the cameras
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Hammer - Screwdriver
machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue
Resources Learning activities Content
234 | P a g e
- Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Cables and wires - 3D joystick - Joystick for NVR - Joystick for IP
Camera - NVR keyboard
controller - Precision camera
controller - LED display 3D IP
keyboard controller
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Fix the stand and mount the camera(checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of camera
Selection of camera stand
Adequacy of fixing the camera stand
Adequacy of mounting the camera on stand
Performance criterion
Fix and connect the devices
235 | P a g e
Adequacy of positioning the camera
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 3 Connect cameras and controller devices according to CCTV camera
system installation standards
Types of controllers devices: 3D joystick Joystick for NVR Joystick for IP Camera NVR keyboard controller Precision camera controller LED display 3D IP keyboard
controller
Connection steps of analog camera Connection of analog
camera and monitor to NVR/iDVR
Connection of NVR/iDVR, Camera, and monitor to UPS
Connection of UPS to the power source
Supplying power to the system
Connection of IP camera Connection of IP camera,
Monitor and controller devices to NVR
Connection of NVR, Camera, and monitor to UPS
Connection of UPS to the power source.
Supplying power to the system
o Brainstorming on the types of controllers devices
o Group discussion on the types of controllers devices
o Brainstorming on analog and IP cameras connection
o Group discussion on analog and IP cameras connection standards
o Practical exercises on connecting CCTV camera system
o Documentary research on connecting cameras and controller devices
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - UPS - IP camera - Analog camera - iDVR - NVR - Monitor - VGA cables - 3D joystick - Joystick for NVR - Joystick for IP
Camera - NVR keyboard
controller - Precision camera
controller - LED display 3D IP
keyboard controller
Resources Learning activities Content
236 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Connect CCTV camera system (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Respect of devices’ tagging /terminals
Adequacy of termination
Observation
Performance criterion
Fix and connect the devices
237 | P a g e
LU 3: Configure, test the system and handover the work done
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Configure the CCTV camera system according to the manufacturer’s instructions
2. Test the CCTV camera system according to the testing techniques
3. Clean the working area according to the cleaning techniques 4. Elaborate the installation report according to reporting
techniques
5. Provide the invoice according to the work done 6. Suggest the maintenance contract according to
manufacturer instructions
20 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Configure the CCTV camera system according to the manufacturer’s
instructions
Configuration of iDVR/NVR and Switch/Access point
Connection of NVR/iDVR to the network
Assigning IP to the NVR/iDVR Setting up the port to the
switch/Access point Setting up the DNS account Configuration by following the
instructions
Brainstorming on configuration of iDVR/NVR and switch/Access point
o Group discussion on configuration of iDVR/NVR and switch/Access point
o Practical exercise on configuration of iDVR/NVR and switch/Access point
o Documentary research on configuration of iDVR/NVR and switch
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Ethernet cables - VGA Cables - Switch - iDVR - Monitor - NVR
Resources Learning activities Content
238 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Configure the CCTV camera system (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Configuration of iDVR/NVR
Assigning of IP addresses
Setup of switch forward port
Setup of DNS account
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2 Test the CCTV camera system according to the testing techniques
Testing the functionality of CCTV camera Checking of the network
availability Scanning the available of the
camera on the monitor
o Brainstorming on testing the functionality of CCTV camera
o Group discussion on testing the functionality of CCTV camera system
- Books - Handout notes - White board - blackboard - Projector - Marker pen
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Configure, Test the system and handover the work
239 | P a g e
Checking the quality of image Checking the auto recording and
video saving
o Practical exercises on testing of CCTV camera system
o Documentary research on testing of CCTV camera system
- Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - IP camera tester - Cable tester
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Test the CCTV camera system (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Functionality Testing
Continuity testing
Observation
Performance criterion
Configure, Test the system and handover the work
240 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3. Clean the working area according to the cleaning techniques
Tools, materials and equipment used to clean the workplace Vacuum cleaner Lags or cotton waste Cleaning solutions Brush
Collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials (consumables)
Cleaning of working area Cleaning techniques Tools used in cleaning
Waste materials management Types of waste materials
(recyclable, bio-degradable, non- bio-degradable)
Treatment of waste materials
o Brainstorming on the collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
o Group discussion on cleaning techniques
o Physical demonstration of the cleaning equipment and waste types
o Practical exercises on use of cleaning equipment and waste disposal
o Documentary Research cleaning techniques
- Books - Books - Internet - User’s manual - Service manual - Journals - Vacuum cleaner - Lags or cotton
waste - Cleaning solutions - Brush - Handout notes
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Clean the working area (checklist)
Performance criterion
Configure, Test the system and handover the work
Resources Learning activities Content
241 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of cleaning tools
Selection of cleaning materials
Selection of cleaning equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials
Management of waste materials
Application of cleaning techniques
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.4: Elaborate the installation report according to reporting techniques
Elaboration of the installation report
Format of the installation report
(Business full address, introduction,
body,
conclusion/recommendation/way
forward)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the installation report
o Group discussion on the preparation of the installation report
o Documentary Research reporting techniques
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of
installation report
Formative Assessment 3.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Configure, Test the system and handover the work
Resources Learning activities Content
242 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Clean Task: Elaborate the installation report for CCTV camera system (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of report
Respect of installation report format
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.5: Provide the invoice according to the work done
Types of invoices Proforma invoice Invoice
Difference between invoice and proforma invoice
Elaboration of invoice /proforma invoice
Format of the invoice (Business name, Tin number, company name and address, customer bank account, item number, item name, item specification, item quantity, item unit price and item total price)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the invoice
o Group discussion on the preparation of the invoice
o Practical exercises on invoice o Documentary research on
invoice
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Computer - Printer - Papers - pens - Samples of invoice
Resources Learning activities Content
243 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Product evidence Task: Elaborate the invoice for CCTV camera system installation
activity (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of invoices
Respect of invoice format
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.5: Learning Outcome 3.6: Suggest the maintenance contract according to
manufacturer instructions
Manufacturers instructions on maintenance activities for different types of CCTV camera system
Suggestion/negotiation of the maintenance conntract based on
o Brainstorming on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Computer - Printer
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Configure, Test the system and handover the work
244 | P a g e
manufacturers instructions
Elaboration of maintenance contract; Elements of the contract:
Obligation agreements of both parties
Job description Job timeframe Allocation of risks Insurance Price review and adjustments
when amendments is required
Full contact of contracting parties
Stamps and signature of contracting parties
Termination of contract
suggestion and negotiation of a maintenance contract
o Practical exercises on elaboration of maintenance contract
o Documentary research maintenance contract
- Papers - pens - Samples of
maintenance contract
Formative Assessment 3.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview
Performance criterion
Configure, Test the system and handover the work
245 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of recommended maintenance activities
Respect of maintenance contract format
Terms of contract
Proper suggestion of maintenance contract
Observation
Reference books: 1. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project. 2. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods
Project.
246 | P a g e
E L O C R 4 0 1 - CCTV CAMERA SYSTEM REPAIR
ELOCR401 Repair CCTV camera system
RTQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 7 70
Sector: Technical services
Sub-sector: Electronic services
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to repair CCTV camera
system. The learner will be able to select and arrange different materials, equipment and tools
used when repairing CCTV camera system. Moreover, he/she will be able to diagnose and
troubleshoot CCTV camera system including software and hardware faults
247 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Basics of digital electronics
CCTV Camera system installation
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Prepare for CCTV camera repair
1.1 Proper identification of PPE according to the work to be done
1.2 Appropriate selection of tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be done
1.3 Proper preparation of the workplace according to the work to be done
2. Rectify the fault
2.1 Convenient identification of the faults according to their types
2.2 Proper troubleshooting of software faults according to the technical specifications
2.3 Proper troubleshooting of hardware faults according to the technical specifications.
2.4 Correct testing of the CCTV camera system according to the testing techniques
2.5 Appropriate cleaning of the working area according to the cleaning techniques
3. Report the work 3.1 Appropriate elaboration of the repair report according to reporting techniques
3.2 Proper provision of the invoice according to the work done
3.3 Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to manufacturer instructions
248 | P a g e
LU 1: Prepare for CCTV camera system repair
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify PPE according to the work to be done 2. Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be
done 3. Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
5 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1 describe charging system components
Types of PPE Gloves Helmet Safety shoes Overall Overcoat Goggles Nose mask Earmuff
Use of PPE
o Brainstorming on the types of PPE o Group discussion on the use of PPE o Physical demonstration of different
types of PPE o Documentary research on PPE
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff
Resources Learning activities Content
249 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
performance
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Presentation
Ticking
Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of gloves
Selection of nose mask
Selection of Goggles
Selection of overcoat/overall
Selection of safety shoes
Observation
Performance criterion
Prepare for CCTV camera system repair
250 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2 Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be done
Definition of tools, material and equipment
Types of tools and their use Screw drivers Pliers Hammer Allen keys Soldering iron Di-soldering pump Crimping tool
Types of equipment and their use Digital multi-meter PPE IP camera tester Cable tester Drilling machine Screwdriver machine Air blow gun
Types of materials and their use Soldering tin Glue Silicon Insulator tape Screws RJ45 BNC Universal anchors Cables and wires trunks
Difference between tools, materials and equipment
o Brainstorming on the types of different tools, materials and equipment
o Group discussion on the use of different tools, materials and equipment
o Practical exercises on selection of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on tools, equipment and materials
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Cables and wires
Resources Learning activities Content
251 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Select tools, equipment and materials needed for CCTV camera
system repair (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of tools required for CCTV camera system repair
Selection of materials required for CCTV system camera repair
Selection of equipment required for CCTV camera system repair
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
Arrangement techniques of tools, materials and equipment in the workplace
Arrangement by type Arrangement by
manufacturer instruction
o Brainstorming on the arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment
o Group discussion on the arrangement of different tools, materials and
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Prepare for CCTV camera system repair
252 | P a g e
Setup of workplace trespassing signs/ notice
equipment o Brainstorming on the
workplace trespassing signs/notice setup
o Practical exercises on arrangement of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on workplace
- Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Computer - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Hammer - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Cables and wires
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Prepare for CCTV camera system repair.
253 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Prepare the workplace for CCTV camera system repair (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Arrangement of required tools
Arrangement of required materials
Arrangement of required equipment
Setting up trespassing notice
Observation
254 | P a g e
LU 2: Rectify the fault
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify the fault according to their types 2. Troubleshoot software faults according to the technical
specifications 3. Troubleshoot hardware faults according to the technical
specifications 4. Test the CCTV camera system according to testing techniques 5. Clean the working area according to the cleaning techniques
60 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1 Identify the fault according to their types
Classification of faults: software faults hardware faults
Frequent software faults Video latency Unupgraded NVR firmware Abnormal NVR video IP address conflict Unreachable IP camera
Frequent hardware faults Poor lighting No camera image Camera image distorted Loss of connection Detection triggered by
foliage Detection triggered by
overspill Insufficient power
o Brainstorming on different types of faults,
o Group discussion on different types of faults.
o Documentary research on faults
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - NVR
Resources Learning activities Content
255 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Product evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of frequent software fault
Identification of frequent hardware fault
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2 Troubleshoot software faults according to the technical specifications
Rectification of frequent software faults
Video latency Unupgraded NVR
firmware Abnormal NVR video IP address conflict Unreachable IP camera
o Brainstorming on different types of CCTV software faults.
o Group discussion on different types of CCTV software faults.
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting of CCTV camera system software
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Proper identification of the fault according to their types
256 | P a g e
o Documentary research on software troubleshooting
- Video aid - Internet - NVR - IP camera - Monitor
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: troubleshoot the CCTV camera system software fault
(checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of fault
Repair of the fault
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper troubleshooting of software faults according to the technical
specifications
257 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2. 3 Troubleshoot hardware faults according to the technical specifications
Rectification of frequent hardware faults
Poor lighting No camera image Camera image distorted Loss of connection Detection triggered by
foliage Detection triggered by
overspill Insufficient power
o Brainstorming on different types of hardware faults.
o Group discussion ondifferent types of hardware faults
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting of hardware
o Documentary research on hardware troubleshooting
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - NVR - IP camera - Monitor - Computer
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: troubleshoot the CCTV camera system hardware fault
(checklist)Observation checklists
Performance criterion
Proper fixation of the door lock code system devices according to the standards
Resources Learning activities Content
258 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of the fault
Replacement of defective part/device
Adjustment of defective part/device
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 4 Test the CCTV camera system according to testing techniques
Functionality Testing of CCTV camera system
Checking of the network availability
Scanning the available cameras on the monitor
Checking the quality of image
Checking the auto recording and video saving
o Brainstorming on CCTV camera testing equipment
o Group discussion on CCTV camera testing equipment
o Practical exercises on IP camera, monitor, and cables testing
o Documentary research on CCTV camera testing
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - IP camera tester - Cable tester
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Testing the CCTV Camera system according to the testing techniques.
Resources Learning activities Content
259 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Test the CCTV camera system (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Checking of the network availability
Scanning the availabilities of the camera on the monitor
Checking the quality of image
Checking the auto recording and video saving
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 5 Clean the working area according to the cleaning techniques
Tools, materials and equipment used to clean the workplace Vacuum cleaner Lags or cotton waste Cleaning solutions Brush
Collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials (consumables)
Cleaning of working area Cleaning techniques Tools used in cleaning
Waste materials management Types of waste materials
(recyclable, bio-degradable, non- bio-degradable)
Treatment of waste materials
o Brainstorming on Tools, materials and equipment used to clean the workplace
o Group scission on Tools, materials and equipment used to clean the workplace
o Brainstorming on the collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
o Group discussion on cleaning techniques
o Physical demonstration on the use of cleaning equipment
o Illustration of waste types o Practical exercises on collecting
tools and equipment and waste disposal
o Documentary research on cleaning techniques
- Books - Blackboard - Chalks - whiteboard - Internet - User’s manual - Service manual - Journals - Vacuum cleaner - Lags or cotton
waste - Cleaning
solutions - Brush
Resources Learning activities Content
260 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Test the CCTV camera system (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of cleaning tools
Selection of cleaning materials
Selection of cleaning equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials
Management of waste materials
Application of cleaning techniques
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper cleaning of the working area according to the cleaning techniques.
261 | P a g e
LU 3: Report the work
3
Learning Outcomes:
7. Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques 8. Repair or replace damaged alternator external wiring
components 9. Test charging system
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques
Elaboration of the installation report
Format of the installation report
(Business full address, introduction,
body,
conclusion/recommendation/way
forward)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the installation report
o Group discussion on the preparation of the installation report
o Documentary Research on reporting techniques
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Printer - Computer - Papers - pens - Hand-out notes - Samples of
installation report
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Appropriate elaboration of the repair report according to the reporting
techniques
Resources Learning activities Content
262 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Elaborate the CCTV camera system repair report
(checklist)Practical activities
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of report
Respect of repair report format
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2 Provide the invoice according to the work done
Types invoices Proforma invoice Invoice
Difference between invoice and proforma invoice
Elaboration of invoice /proforma invoice Format of the invoice (Business
name, Tin number, company name and address, customer bank account, item number, item name, item specification, item quantity, item unit price and item total price)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the invoice
o Group discussion on the preparation of the invoice
o Practical exercises on invoice
o Documentary research on invoice
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Printer - Computer - Papers - pens - Samples of
invoice
Resources Learning activities Content
263 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Elaborate the invoice for CCTV camera system repair activity
(checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of invoices
Respect of invoice format
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper provision of invoice according to the work done.
264 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3. Suggest the maintenance contract according to manufacturer
instructions
Manufacturers instructions on maintenance activities for different types of CCTV Camera system
Suggestion/negotiation of the maintenance contract based on manufacturers instructions
Elaboration of maintenance contract; Elements of the contract:
Obligation agreements of both parties
Job description Job timeframe Allocation of risks Insurance Price review and adjustments
when amendments is required
Full contact of contracting parties
Stamps and signature of contracting parties
Termination of contract
o Brainstorming on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on suggestion and negotiation of a maintenance contract
o Practical exercises on elaboration of maintenance contract
o Documentary research on maintenance contract
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Printer - Computer - Papers - pens - Samples of
maintenance contract
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.
Resources Learning activities Content
265 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview Practical activity
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of recommended maintenance activities
Respect of maintenance contract format
Terms of contract
Proper suggestion of maintenance contract
Observation
Summative Assessment
Integrated situation Resources
266 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 1: Quality of Process
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Tools, equipment and materials are selected
Tools
Observation
Assesment Criterion 2: Quality of product
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Assesment Criterion 3: Relevance
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
267 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 4: Safety
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Reference books:
3. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.
4. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.
268 | P a g e
E L O W R 4 0 1 - WALKTHROUGH METAL DETECTOR REPAIR
ELOWR401 Repair walkthrough metal detector
RTQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 4 40
Sector: Technical services
Sub-sector: Electronic services
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to repair handheld metal
detector. The learner will be able to select and arrange different materials, equipment and tools used
when repairing handheld metal detector. Moreover, he/she will be able to troubleshoot different faults
of handheld metal detector.
269 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Basics of Digital Electronics
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the
learning unit
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Prepare for walkthrough metal detector repair
1.1 Proper identification of PPE according to the work to be done
1.2 Appropriate selection of tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be done
1.3 Proper preparation of the workplace according to the work to be done
2. Rectify the fault 2.1 Proper identification of the faults according to their types
2.2 Correct adjustment/replacement of defective part/device according to technical specifications
2.3 Appropriate testing of the handheld metal detector according to the testing techniques
2.4 Proper cleaning of the working area according to the cleaning techniques.
3. Report the work 3.3 Appropriate elaboration of the repair report according to the reporting techniques.
3.4 Proper provision of the invoice according to the work done
3.5 Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to manufacturer instructions
270 | P a g e
LU 1: Prepare for walkthrough metal detector repair
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify PPE according to the work to be done 2. Select tools , equipment and materials according to the work to be
done 3. Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
4 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1 Identify PPE according to the work to be done
Types of PPE Gloves Helmet Safety shoes Overall Overcoat Goggles Nose mask Earmuff
Use of PPE
o Brainstorming on the types of PPE o Group discussion on the use of PPE o Physical demonstration of different
types of PPE o Documentary research on PPE
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff
Resources Learning activities Content
271 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of gloves
Selection of nose mask
Selection of Goggles
Selection of overcoat/overall
Selection of safety shoes
Observation
Performance criterion
Prepare for walkthrough metal detector repair
272 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2 Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be done
Definition of tools, material and equipment.
Types of tools and their use Screw drivers Pliers Allen keys Soldering iron Di-soldering pump Cleaning brush Magnifying glass
Types of equipment and their use Digital multi-meter PPE Screwdriver machine Air blow gun Di-soldering gun machine Handheld metal detector
Types of materials and their use Soldering tin Glue Silicon Insulator tape Screws Electronic components
Difference between tools, materials and equipment
o Brainstorming on the types of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Group discussion on the use of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Practical exercises on selection of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on tools, materials and equipment
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Electronic
components - Walk through metal
detector and accessories
Resources Learning activities Content
273 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Select tools, equipment and materials needed for walkthrough
metal detector repair (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of equipment required for walkthrough metal detector repair
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
Arrangement techniques of tools, materials and equipment in the workplace
Arrangement by type Arrangement by
o Brainstorming on the arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Group discussion on the
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Prepare for walkthrough metal detector repair
274 | P a g e
manufacturer instruction
handheld metal detector tools, materials and equipment arrangement.
o Practical exercises on arrangement of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentaryresearch on handheld metal detector tools, materials and equipment arrangement
- Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Pliers - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Electronic components - Handheld detector
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Prepare for workthrough metal detector repair
275 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Prepare the workplace for workthrough metal detector repair (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Arrangement of required tools
Arrangement of required materials
Arrangement of required equipment
Observation
276 | P a g e
LU 2: Rectify the fault
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify the fault according to their types 2. Adjust the defective part/ device according to technical
specifications 3. Test the workthrough metal detector according to the testing
techniques 4. Clean the walking area according to the clearing techniques
60 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1 Identify the fault according to their types
Introduction to walkthrough detectoroperation
Main components and their functions;
Two panels (A and B);
Detection unit Controller module Power module AC jumper cord Power cord LCD display
Accessories of walkthrough metal detector and their use;
Battery backup module
Desktop remote control
Magnadolly wheel transporter
Adhesive floor mounts
o Brainstorming on working principle of walkthrough metal detector and general faults that occur in Walkthrough metal detector.
o Group discussion on working principle of Walkthrough metal detector and general faults that occur in Walkthrough metal detector.
o Documentary research on Walkthrough metal detector faults
o Faults identification through observations
Introduction to walkthrough detectoroperation
Main components and their functions;
Two panels (A and B);
Detection unit Controller module Power module AC jumper cord Power cord LCD display
Accessories of walkthrough metal detector and their use;
Battery backup module
Desktop remote control
Magnadolly wheel transporter
Adhesive floor mounts
Stabilizer bars
Resources Learning activities Content
277 | P a g e
Stabilizer bars CMA interface
module Operation Test
Piece (OTP) and Flat Test Piece (FTP)
Assembling, disassembling and fixing of walkthrough metal detector according to manufacturer instructions
General faults that occur in walk through metal detector system;
Battery failure Electronic circuitry
faults Sensitivity faults
CMA interface module
Operation Test Piece (OTP) and Flat Test Piece (FTP)
Assembling, disassembling and fixing of walkthrough metal detector according to manufacturer instructions
General faults that occur in walk through metal detector system;
Battery failure Electronic circuitry
faults Sensitivity faults
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Description of walkthrough metal detector operation
Identification of different parts and accessories of a walkthrough metal detector
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
278 | P a g e
Identification of frequent faults that occur in walkthrough metal detector
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2 Adjust the defective parts / device according to technical specification
Replacement/adjustment of defective devices/components.
Testing techiniques for walkthrough metal detector;
Continuity testing Voltage measurement Functionality testing
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting of Walkthrough metal detector
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Screwdriver
machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws
Resources Learning activities Content
279 | P a g e
- Electronic components
- Walk through metal detector
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Adjust/ Replace the defective part/device of the
walkthrough metal detector (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Disassembling the walkthrough metal detector
Replacement of the defective part
Adjustment of the defective part
Re-assembling the walkthrough metal detector
Observation
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
280 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2. 3 Test the walkthrough metal detector according to the testing
techniques
Replacement/adjustment of defective devices/components.
Testing techiniques for walkthrough metal detector;
Continuity testing Voltage measurement Functionality testing
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting of Walkthrough metal detector
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Electronic components - Walk through metal
detector
Resources Learning activities Content
281 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
performance
Oral evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Test the walkthrough metal detector (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Continuity testing
Voltage measurement
Functionality testing
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 4 Clean the working area according to the cleaning techniques
Tools, materials and equipment used to clean the workplace Vacuum cleaner Lags or cotton waste Cleaning solutions Brush
Collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
Arrangement of non-used
o Brainstorming on the collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
o Group discussion on cleaning techniques
o Physical demonstration on the cleaning of the working area
o Practical exercises on collecting tools and equipment and waste
- Books - Internet - User’s manual - Service manual - Journals - Cleaning tools
and materials
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
282 | P a g e
materials (consumables)
Cleaning of working area Cleaning techniques Tools used in cleaning
Waste materials management Types of waste materials
(recyclable, bio-degradable, non- bio-degradable)
Treatment of waste materials
disposal o Documentary research on
workplace cleaning techniques
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Clean the working area (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of cleaning tools
Selection of cleaning materials
Selection of cleaning equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials
Management of waste materials
Application of cleaning techniques
Selection of cleaning tools
Observation
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
283 | P a g e
LU 3: Report the work
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques 2. Provide the invoice according to the work done 3. Suggest the maintenance contract according to walkthrough
innstructions
4 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques
Elaboration of the maintenance report Format of the installation report
(Business full address, introduction, body, conclusion/recommendation/way forward)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the repair report
o Group discussion on the preparation of the repair report
o Documentary Research on reporting techniques
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes - Black board - Chalks - Pens - Computer - Paper - printer - Projector - Eraser - Samples of repair
report
Formative Assessment 3.1
Performance criterion
Report the work
Resources Learning activities Content
284 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Oral evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Elaborate the walkthrough metal detector repair report (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of report
Respect of repair report format
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2 Provide the invoice according to the work done
Types of invoices Proforma invoice Invoice
Difference between proforma invoice and invoice
Elaboration of invoice /Proforma invoice
Format of the invoice (Business name, Tin number, company name and address, customer bank account, item number, item name, item specification, item quantity, item unit price and item total price)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the invoice
o Group discussion on the preparation of the invoice
o Practical exercises on invoice preparation
o Documentary Research on invoice
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Pens - Computer - Paper - printer - Samples of
invoice
Resources Learning activities Content
285 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Product evidence Task: Elaborate the invoice for walkthrough metal detector repair
activity (observation checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of invoices
Respect of invoice format
Observation
Performance criterion
Report the work
286 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3. Suggest the maintenance contract according to walkthrough
instructions
Manufacturers instructions on maintenance activities for different types of handheld detector
Suggestion/negotiation of the maintenance contract based on manufacturers instructions;
Elaboration of maintenance contract; Elements of the contract:
Obligation agreements of both parties
Job description Job timeframe Allocation of risks Insurance Price review and adjustments
when amendments is required
Full contact of contracting parties
Stamps and signature of contracting parties
Termination of contract
o Brainstorming on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on suggestion and negotiation of a maintenance contract
o Practical exercises on elaboration of maintenance contract
o Documentary research on maintenance contract
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of
maintenance contract
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Report the work
Resources Learning activities Content
287 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open question Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of recommended maintenance activities
Respect of maintenance contract format
Terms of contract
Proper suggestion of maintenance contract
Observation
Reference books:
5. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.
6. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.
288 | P a g e
E L O D R 4 0 1 - DOOR LOCCK CODE SYSTEM REPAIR
ELODR401 Repair door lock code system
RTQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 5 50
Sector: Technical services
Sub-sector: Electronic services
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to repair a door lock
code system. The learner will be able to select and arrange different materials, equipment
and tools used when repairing a door lock code system. Moreover, he/she will be able to
troubleshoot different faults (software and hardware) of a door lock code system.
289 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Basics of digital electronics
Door lock code system installation
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Prepare for door lock code system
repair
1.1 Proper identification of PPE according to the work to be done
1.2 Appropriate selection of tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be done
1.3 Proper preparation of the workplace according to the work to be done
2. Rectify the fault
2.1 Convenient identification of the faults according to their types
2.2 Proper troubleshooting of software faults according to the technical specifications
2.3 Proper troubleshooting of hardware faults according to the technical specifications
2.4 Correct testing of the door lock code system according to the testing techniques
2.1 Appropriate cleaning of the working area according to the cleaning techniques
3. Report the work 1.1 Appropriate elaboration of the repair report according to reporting techniques
1.2 Proper provision of the invoice according to the work done
1.1 Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to manufacturer instructions
290 | P a g e
LU 1: Prepare for door lock code system repair
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify PPE according to the work to be done 2. Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be
done 3. Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
5 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1 Identify PPE according to the work to be done.
Types of PPE Gloves Helmet Safety shoes Overall Overcoat Goggles Nose mask Earmuff
Use of PPE
o Brainstorming on the types of PPE o Group discussion on the use of PPE o Physical demonstration of different
types of PPE o Documentary research on PPE
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - Chalks - Pens - Papers - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - PPE
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Prepare for door lock code system repair
Resources Learning activities Content
291 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
• Written or performance
Written evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of gloves
Selection of nose mask
Selection of Goggles
Selection of overcoat/overall
Selection of safety shoes
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2 Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be
done
Definition of tools, material and equipment.
Types of tools and their use Screw drivers Pliers Hammer Allen keys Soldering iron Di-soldering pump
Types of equipment and their use
Digital multi-meter PPE Drilling machine Screwdriver machine Air blow gun Di-soldering gun
o Brainstorming on the types of different tools, materials and equipment
o Group discussion on the use of different tools, materials and equipment
o Practical exercises on selection of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on tools, equipment and materials
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask
Resources Learning activities Content
292 | P a g e
machine
Types of materials and their use
Soldering tin Glue Silicon Insulator tape Screws Universal anchors Cables and wires Electronic
components
Difference between tools, materials and equipment
- Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Hammer - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Cables and wires - Electronic components
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion Ticking Performance evidence
Task: Select tools, equipment and materials needed for door lock
code system repair (checklist)
Performance criterion
Prepare for door lock code system repair
293 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of tools required for door lock code system repair
Selection of materials required for door lock code system repair
Selection of equipment required for door lock code system repair
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
Arrangement techniques of tools, materials and equipment in the workplace
Arrangement by type Arrangement by
manufacturer instruction
Setup of workplace trespassing signs/notice
o Brainstorming on the arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment
o Group discussion on the arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Practical exercises on the arrangement of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on workplace
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Pens - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Hammer - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun machine - Air blow gun
Resources Learning activities Content
294 | P a g e
- Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Cables and wires - Electronic components
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Prepare the workplace for door lock code system repair
(checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Arrangement of required tools
Arrangement of required materials
Arrangement of required equipment
Setup of workplace trespassing signs/notice
Observation
Performance criterion
Prepare for door lock code system repair
295 | P a g e
LU 2: Rectify the fault
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify the faults according to their types 2. Troubleshoot software faults according to the technical 3. Troubleshoot hardware faults according to the technical
specifications 4. Test the door lock code system according to testing techiniques 5. Clean the working area according to the cleaning techniques 40 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1 Identify the faults according to their types
Classes of door lock codesystem
Password based Biometric based Smart card based RFID based Motion detector
based Combined system
General faults that occur in door lock codesystem
Software faults Hardware faults
o Brainstorming on classes of door lock code system and general faults that occur in door lock code system
o Group discussion on classes of door lock code system and general faults that occur in door lock code system
o Physical demonstration of different types door lock code system
o Documentary research on the faults
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Password based door lock
code system - Biometric based door lock
code system - Smart card based door lock
code system - RFID based door lock code
system - Motion detector based door
lock code system - Combined system door lock
code system
Resources Learning activities Content
296 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of frequent software faults
Identification of frequent hardware faults
Identification of frequent software faults
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Troubleshoot software faults according to the technical
Working principle of different types of door lock codesystem;
Password based Biometric based Smart card based RFID based Motion detector based Combined system
o Brainstorming on working principle of different types of door lock system
o Group discussion on working principle of different types of door lock system
o Practical exercises on
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
297 | P a g e
General software faults that occur in door lock code system and their causes;
Software crush
Troubleshooting door lock code system based on manufacturer instructions.
troubleshooting door lock code software faults
o Documentary research on software troubleshooting
- Internet - Manuals of door
lock code system - Password based
door lock code system
- Biometric based door lock code system
- Smart card based door lock code system
- RFID based door lock code system
- PIR motion detector based door lock code system
- Combined system door lock code system
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Troubleshoot software faults of door lock code system
(checklist)
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
298 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of the fault
Repair of the software fault
Reinstallation of the software
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 3: Troubleshoot hardware faults according to the technical
specifications
Main parts of door lock code system:
Input devices: Biometric device Card reader PIR based motion
detector Keypad
Power supply PIC / Microcontroller LCD Buzzer Motor driver Motor
Disassembling and assembling different types of lock codes systems
Diagnosing different faults that occur in door lock code system; Mechanical faults Power supply faults Electronic component
failure
Replacement/adjustment of defective parts of the door lock code system
Testing techniques of door lock code system Continuity testing Functionality testing
o Brainstorming on main parts of door lock code system
o Group discussion on main parts of door lock code system
o Brainstorming on different hardware faults that occur in door lock code system
o Group discussion on different hardware faults that occur in door lock code system
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting door lock code hardware
o Documentary research on hardware troubleshooting and door lock code system testing
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Screw drivers - Pliers - Screwdriver
machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering
pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-
meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Electronic
components - Manuals of door
lock code system
Resources Learning activities Content
299 | P a g e
- Password based door lock code system
- Biometric based door lock code system
- PIR motion detector based door lock code system
- Smart card based door lock code system
- RFID based door lock code system
- Combined system door lock code system
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Troubleshoot hardware faults of door lock code system
(checklist
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
300 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Disassembling of the door lock code system
Identification of the fault /defective part
Replacement/adjustment of defective part
Re-assembling the door lock code system
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 4: Test the door lock code system according to testing techiniques
Main parts of door lock code system:
Input devices: Biometric device Card reader PIR based motion
detector Keypad
Power supply PIC / Microcontroller LCD Buzzer Motor driver Motor
Disassembling and assembling different types of lock codes systems
Diagnosing different faults that occur in door lock code system; Mechanical faults Power supply faults Electronic component
failure
Replacement/adjustment of defective parts of the door lock code system
Testing techniques of door lock code system Continuity testing Functionality testing
o Brainstorming on main parts of door lock code system
o Group discussion on main parts of door lock code system
o Brainstorming on different hardware faults that occur in door lock code system
o Group discussion on different hardware faults that occur in door lock code system
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting door lock code hardware
o Documentary research on hardware troubleshooting and door lock code system testing
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Screw drivers - Pliers - Screwdriver
machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering
pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-
meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Electronic
components - Manuals of door
lock code system
Resources Learning activities Content
301 | P a g e
- Password based door lock code system
- Biometric based door lock code system
- PIR motion detector based door lock code system
- Smart card based door lock code system
- RFID based door lock code system
- Combined system door lock code system
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Test the door lock code system (checklist)
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
302 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Continuity testing
Voltage measurement
Functionality testing
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 5 Clean the working area according to the cleaning techniques
Tools, materials and equipment used to clean the workplace Vacuum cleaner Lags or cotton waste Cleaning solutions Brush
Collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials (consumables)
Cleaning of working area Cleaning techniques Tools used in cleaning
Waste materials management Types of waste materials
(recyclable, bio-degradable, non- bio-degradable)
Treatment of waste materials
o Brainstorming on the collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
o Group discussion on cleaning techniques
o Physical demonstration on the use of cleaning equipment
o Illustration of waste types o Practical exercises on collecting
tools and equipment and waste disposal
o Documentary research on cleaning techniques
- Books - Internet - User’s manual - Service manual - Journals - Cleaning tools
and materials - Vacuum cleaner - Lags or cotton
waste - Cleaning
solutions - Brush
Formative Assessment 2.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
Resources Learning activities Content
303 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Clean the working area (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of cleaning tools
Selection of cleaning materials
Selection of cleaning equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials
Management of waste materials
Application of cleaning techniques
Observation
304 | P a g e
LU 3: Report the work done
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques 2. Provide the invoice according to the work done 3. Suggest the maintenance contract according to manufacturer
instructions
25 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques
Elaboration of the maintenance report Format of the installation report
(Business full address, introduction, body, conclusion/recommendation/way forward)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the repair report
o Group discussion on the preparation of the repair report
o Documentary research on elaboration of repair report
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of repair
report - Printer - Pen - Paper - computer
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Report the work
Resources Learning activities Content
305 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview
Task: Elaborate the door lock code system repair report (checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of report
Respect of repair report format
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Provide the invoice according to the work done
Types of invoices Proforma invoice Invoice
Difference between invoice and proforma invoice
Elaboration of invoice /Proforma invoice Format of the invoice (Business
name, Tin number, company name and address, customer bank account, item number, item name, item specification, item quantity, item unit price and item total price)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the invoice
o Group discussion on the preparation of the invoice
o Practical exercises on the invoice
o Documentary research on invoice
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of
invoice
Resources Learning activities Content
306 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Elaborate the invoice for door lock code system repair activity
(checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of invoices
Respect of invoice format
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Suggest the maintenance contract according to manufacturer
instructions
Manufacturers instructions on maintenance activities for different types of door lock code system
Suggestion/negotiation of the maintenance contract based on manufacturers instructions
Elaboration of maintenance contract;
o Brainstorming on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on suggestion and negotiation of a maintenance contract
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of
maintenance contract
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Report the work
307 | P a g e
Elements of the contract: Obligation agreements of
both parties Job description Job timeframe Allocation of risks Insurance Price review and adjustments
when amendments is required
Full contact of contracting parties
Stamps and signature of contracting parties
Termination of contract
o Practical exercises on elaboration of maintenance contract
o Documentary research on maintenance contract
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open question
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of recommended maintenance activities
Respect of maintenance contract format
Terms of contract
Proper suggestion of maintenance contract
Identification of recommended maintenance activities
Performance criterion
Report the work
308 | P a g e
Observation
Reference books:
1. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.
2. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.
309 | P a g e
E L O F I 4 0 1 - FIRE DETECTOR SYSTEM INSTALLATION EQUIPMENT
ELOFI401 Install fire detector system
RTQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 5 50
Sector: Technical service5
Sub-sector: Electronic services
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to install different
types of fire detector system. The learner will be able to select and arrange different
materials, equipment and tools used when installing different types of fire detector system.
Moreover, he/she will be able to conduct wiring, fix, connect, configure and test different
types of fire detector system..
310 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
ELODE401-BASICS OF DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Prepare for fire detector system
installation
1.4 Proper conduction of site survey according to the work to be done
1.5 Appropriate selection of tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be done
1.6 Proper identification of PPE according to the work to be done
1.7 Proper preparation of the workplace according to the work to be done
2. Fix and connect the devices 2.5 Proper placement of conduits and trunking according to the standards
2.6 Proper conduction of wiring according to the standards 2.7 Proper fixation of the fire detector system devices
according to the standards 2.8 Convenient connection of the fire detector system
devices according to manufacturer instructions
3. Test the system and handover
the work done
3.6 Appropriate testing of the fire detector system according to the testing techniques
3.7 Proper cleaning of the working area according to cleaning techniques
3.8 Appropriate elaboration of the installation report according to reporting techniques
3.9 Proper provision of the invoice according to the work done
3.10 Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to manufacturer instructions
311 | P a g e
LU 1: Prepare for fire detector system installation
1
Learning Outcomes:
26.1. Conduct site survey according to the work to be done 26.2. Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to
be done 26.3. Identify PPE according to the work to be done 26.4. Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
5 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1 Conduct site survey according to the work to be done.
Definition of site survey
Purpose site survey Gather information
about the design Gather information
about the cost of the work
Determination of precise location of installations.
Determination of best orientation of the site and location of obstacles.
o Group discussion on definition and purpose of site survey
o Brainstorming on the purpose of site survey
o Documentary research on site survey
27. Books 28. Handout notes 29. White board 30. Black board 31. Chalks 32. Projector 33. Marker pen 34. Eraser 35. Flipchart 36. Video aid
Formative Assessment 1.1
Performance criterion
Prepare for Fire detector system installation
Resources Learning activities Content
312 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral Expose (presentation) Interview Product evidence Task: Conduct the site survey for fire detector system installation and provide surveying report (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Definition of site survey
Purpose of site survey
Provision of the surveying report
Adequacy of information about the design
Adequacy of information about the cost of the work
Adequacy of information about location of installation
Adequacy of information about technical requirements
Observation
313 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2 Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be
done
Definition of tools, material and equipment
Types of tools and their use Screw drivers Pliers Hammer Allen keys
Types of equipment and their use Digital multi-meter PPE Drilling machine Screwdriver machine Fire detector system devices
Power supply Control and indicating
panel Access control panel Mimic panel Manual call point Bells Smoke detectors Heat detectors Sounder strobe Extinguishing panel
(control for automatic fire protection equipment)
Gas/sprinkler (automatic fire protection equipment)
EOLR (End Of Line Resistor)
Types of materials and their use Glue Silicon Insulator tape Screws Universal anchors Cables and wires
Difference between tools, materials and equipment
o Brainstorming on the types of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Group discussion on the use of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Practical exercises on selection of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on tools, equipment and materials
37. Books 38. Handout notes 39. White board 40. Black board 41. Chalks 42. Computer 43. Projector 44. Marker pen 45. Eraser 46. Flipchart 47. Video aid 48. Internet 49. Gloves 50. Helmet 51. Safety shoes 52. Overall 53. Overcoat 54. Goggles 55. Nose mask 56. Earmuff 57. Screw drivers 58. Pliers 59. Drilling machine 60. Hammer 61. Screwdriver
machine 62. Allen keys 63. Digital multi-
meter 64. Glue 65. Silicon 66. Insulator tape 67. Screws 68. Universal
anchors 69. Cables and wires 70. Control and
indicating panel 71. Access control
panel 72. Mimic panel
Resources Learning activities Content
314 | P a g e
73. Manual call point 74. Bells 75. Smoke detectors 76. Heat detectors 77. Sounder strobe 78. Extinguishing
panel (control for automatic fire protection equipment)
79. Gas/sprinkler (automatic fire protection equipment)
80. EOLR (End Of Line Resistor)
81.
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Select tools, materials and equipment needed for fire
detector system installation (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of tools required for fire detector system installation
Selection of materials required for fire detector system installation
Performance criterion
Prepare for Fire detector system installation
315 | P a g e
Selection of equipment required for fire detector system installation
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Identify PPE according to the work to be done
Types of PPE Gloves Helmet Safety shoes Overall Overcoat Goggles Nose mask Earmuff
Use of PPE
o Brainstorming on the types of PPE
o Group discussion on the use of PPE
o Physical demonstration on the use of PPE
o Documentary research on PPE
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Oral
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview .
Performance criterion
Prepare for Fire detector system installation
Resources Learning activities Content
316 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.4: Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
Arrangement techniques of tools, materials and equipment in the workplace
Arrangement by type Arrangement by
manufacturer instruction
Setup of trespassing signs/notice
o Brainstorming on arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Group discussion on arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Practical exercises on arrangement of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on workplace preparation
82. Books 83. Handout notes 84. White board 85. Projector 86. Marker pen 87. Eraser 88. Flipchart 89. Video aid 90. Internet 91. Gloves 92. Helmet 93. Safety shoes 94. Overall 95. Overcoat 96. Goggles 97. Nose mask 98. Earmuff 99. Screw drivers 100. Pliers 101. Drilling machine 102. Hammer 103. Screwdriver
machine 104. Allen keys
Checklist Score
Yes No
selection of gloves
selection of nose mask
selection of Goggles
selection of overcoat/overall
selection of safety shoes
Selection of helmet
Earmuff
Observation
Resources Learning activities Content
317 | P a g e
105. Digital multi-meter
106. Soldering tin 107. Glue 108. Silicon 109. Insulator tape 110. Screws 111. Universal
anchors 112. Cables and
wires
Formative Assessment 1.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral Expose (presentation) Interview.
Performance evidence Task: Prepare the workplace for fire detector system installation
(checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Arrangement of required tools
Arrangement of required materials
Arrangement of required equipment
Setup of trespassing signs/notice
Performance criterion
Prepare for Fire detector system installation
318 | P a g e
LU 2: Fix and connect the devices
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Place cable conduits and trunking according to the standards 2. Conduct wiring according to the standards 3. Fix the fire detector system devices according to the standards
40 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1 Place cable conduits and trunking according to the standards
Definition of cable conduits and cable trunking
Classification of cable
conduits and trunking;
Based on size
(section);
Based on the
nature of material
(PVC, metallic)
Techniques for fixing and
connecting cables conduits
and trunking:
o Brainstorming on classification of cables conduits and trunking.
o Group discussion on classification of cables conduits and trunking.
o Physical demonstration of cables conduits and trunking.
o Brainstorming on techniques for fixing and connecting cables conduits and trunking.
o Group discussion on techniques for fixing and connecting cables conduits and trunking.
o Practical exercises on fixing, connecting and closing cables
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Cables conduits and trunking
113. Gloves 114. Helmet 115. Safety shoes 116. Overall 117. Overcoat 118. Goggles 119. Nose mask
Observation
Resources Learning activities Content
319 | P a g e
Planning the route of the cables conduits and trunking
Drilling and fixingof
cable conduits and
trunking
Cutting cable conduits
and trunking
Joining cable conduits
and trunking (: Straight
joint, ‘T’ joint, ‘L’
joint(450), ‘L’ joint
straight, Through joint)
Bending cable conduits
and trunking
conduits and trunking. o Documentary research on
cable conduits and trunking
120. Earmuff 121. Screw drivers 122. Pliers 123. Drilling machine 124. Hammer 125. Screwdriver
machine 126. Glue 127. Silicon 128. Screws 129. Universal
anchors
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Place trunking for a given fire detector system
installation(checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of cable conduits and trunking based on section
Performance criterion
Performance criterion: Fix and connect the devices
320 | P a g e
Selection of cable conduits and trunking based on nature of material
Application of techniques for fixing and connecting cable conduits and trunking
Adequacy of planning the route line for cable conduits and trunking
Adequacy of drilling and fixing cable conduits and trunking
Adequacy of cutting cable conduits and trunking
Adequacy of joining cable conduits and trunking
Adequacy of bending cable conduits
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2 Conduct wiring according to the standards
Description of different types of fire detector system;
Conventional (non-addressable) system
Addressable system Hybrid system Multi-zones fire detector
system
Description of fire detectors wiring systems;
Two-wires wiring system Four-wires wiring system
Selection of fire detector system cables
Based on application area (plenum, non-plenum and riser)
Based on insulation type (shielded and unshielded)
Based on number of conductors (2 ,3, 4, 6 conductors)
Based on power handling capabilities (limited power cables, unlimited power cables)
Techniques of laying electric cables Respect of cable colors
o Brainstorming on different types of fire detector system, fire detector wiring systems and fire detector system cables.
o Group discussion on different types of fire detector system, fire detector wiring systems and fire detector system cables.
o Practical exercises on laying, terminating and tagging fire detector system cables.
o Documentary research on wiring
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Cables conduits
and trunking 130. Fire
detector system cables
131. Gloves 132. Helmet 133. Safety
shoes 134. Overall 135. Overco
at 136. Goggle
s 137. Nose
mask 138. Earmuf
f 139. Pliers
Resources Learning activities Content
321 | P a g e
Avoiding interferences with other circuits’ installations.
Termination and tagging of cables
140. Insulator tape
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Conduct wiring for a given fire detector system installation
(checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of fire detector system
Identification of fire detector wiring system
Selection of fire detector system cables based on application area
Selection of fire detector system cables based on insulation type
Selection of fire detector system cables based on number of conductors
Selection of fire detector system cables based on power handling capabilities
Respect of cable colors
Avoiding interferences with other circuit
Termination and tagging of cables
Performance criterion
Fix and connect the devices
322 | P a g e
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 3 Fix the fire detector system devices according to the standards
Standards for fixing and connecting fire detector system devices;
Respect of the position
Respect of location Respect of tightness
and fitness Respect of tags and
terminations
Fixation and connection of fire detector system devices;
Power supply Control and
indicating panel Access control panel Mimic panel Manual call point Bells Smoke detectors Heat detectors Sounder strobe Extinguishing panel
(control for automatic fire protection equipment)
Gas/sprinkler (automatic fire protection equipment)
EOLR (End Of Line Resistor)
o Brainstorming on standards for fixing and connection of fire detector system devices.
o Group discussion on standards for fixing and connection of fire detector system devices.
o Practical exercises on fixing and connecting fire detector system devices.
o Documentary research on fixing and connecting fire detector system
Standards for fixing and connecting fire detector system devices;
Respect of the position
Respect of location Respect of tightness
and fitness Respect of tags and
terminations
Fixation and connection of fire detector system devices;
Power supply Control and
indicating panel Access control panel Mimic panel Manual call point Bells Smoke detectors Heat detectors Sounder strobe Extinguishing panel
(control for automatic fire protection equipment)
Gas/sprinkler (automatic fire protection equipment)
EOLR (End Of Line Resistor)
Formative Assessment 2.3
Resources Learning activities Content
323 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Fix devices for a given fire detector system installation
(checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of fire detector system devices
Adequacy of positioning for fire detector system devices
Adequacy of location for fire detector system devices
Adequacy of fitness and tightness
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 4 Connect fire detector system devices according to manufacturer
instructions
Standards for fixing and connecting fire detector system devices;
Respect of the position
o Brainstorming on standards for fixing and connection of fire detector system devices.
o Group discussion on standards for fixing and connection of fire
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Fix and connect the devices
324 | P a g e
Respect of location Respect of tightness
and fitness Respect of tags and
terminations
Fixation and connection of fire detector system devices;
Power supply Control and
indicating panel Access control panel Mimic panel Manual call point Bells Smoke detectors Heat detectors Sounder strobe Extinguishing panel
(control for automatic fire protection equipment)
Gas/sprinkler (automatic fire protection equipment)
EOLR (End Of Line Resistor)
detector system devices. o Practical exercises on fixing and
connecting fire detector system devices.
o Documentary research on fixing and connecting fire detector system
- Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet
141. Gloves 142. Helmet 143. Safety
shoes 144. Overall 145. Overcoat 146. Goggles 147. Nose
mask 148. Earmuff 149. Pliers
- Insulator tape - Manuals for fire
detector system installation 150. Power
supply 151. Control
and indicating panel
152. Access control panel
153. Mimic panel
154. Manual call point
155. Bells 156. Smoke
detectors 157. Heat
detectors 158. Sounder
strobe 159. Extinguis
hing panel (control for automatic fire protection equipment)
160. Gas/sprinkler (automatic fire protection
325 | P a g e
equipment) 161. EOLR
(End Of Line Resistor)
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Fix devices for a given fire detector system installation
(checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Respect of devices’ tagging /terminals
Adequacy of termination
Observation
Performance criterion
Fix and connect the devices
326 | P a g e
LU 3: Test the system and handover the work
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Test the fire detector system according to the functionality 2. Clean the working area according to cleaning instructions 3. Elaborate the installation report according to reporting
techniques
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Test the fire detector system according to the functionality
Testing the functionality of different types of fire detector system.
Initial Power-Up Check Zone Fault Detection Check Battery Fault Detection
Check Zone Fire Detection Check Fire Outputs & Battery
Check
o Brainstorming on configuration procedures of different types of fire detector system
o Group discussions on configuration procedures of different types of fire detector system
o Practical exercises on configuration and testing different types of fire detector system
o Documentary research on testing fire detector system
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Manuals for fire
detector system installation
- Conventional (non-addressable) system
- Addressable system
- Hybrid system - Multi-zones fire
detector system
Resources Learning activities Content
327 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence
Task: Test the fire detector system (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Testing continuity of fire detector system
Voltage measurement
Testing functionality of fire detector system
Observation
Performance criterion
Test the system and handover the work
328 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.2 Clean the working area according to cleaning instructions
Tools, materials and equipment used to clean the workplace Vacuum cleaner Lags or cotton waste Cleaning solutions Brush
Collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials (consumables)
Cleaning of working area Cleaning techniques Tools used in cleaning
Waste materials management Types of waste materials
(recyclable, bio-degradable, non- bio-degradable)
Treatment of waste materials
o Brainstorming on the collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
o Group discussion on cleaning techniques
o Physical demonstration of the cleaning equipment and waste types
o Practical exercises on collecting tools and equipment and waste disposal
o Documentary Research on cleaning techniques
- Books - Internet - User’s manual - Service manual - Journals - Cleaning tools
and materials - Vacuum cleaner - Lags or cotton
waste - Cleaning solutions - Brush
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Clean the working area (checklist)
Performance criterion
Test the system and handover the
Resources Learning activities Content
329 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of cleaning tools
Selection of cleaning materials
Selection of cleaning equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials
Management of waste materials
Application of cleaning techniques
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Elaborate the installation report according to reporting techniques
Elaboration of the installation report Format of the installation report
(Business full address, introduction, body, conclusion/recommendation/way forward)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the installation report
o Group discussion on the preparation of the installation report
o Documentary Research on report elaboration
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of
installation report - Printer - Computer - Papers - Pens
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Test the system and handover the work
Resources Learning activities Content
330 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Product evidence Task: Elaborate the installation report for fire detector system
(checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of report
Respect of installation report format
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.4. Provide the invoice according to the work done
Types of invoices Proforma invoice Invoice
The difference between invoice and proforma invoice
Elaboration of invoice /Proforma invoice
Format of the invoice (Business name, Tin number, company name and address, customer bank account, item number, item name, item specification, item quantity, item unit price and item total price)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the invoice
o Group discussion on the preparation of the invoice
o Practical exercises on cost estimation
o Documentary Research on invoice
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of
installation report - Printer - Computer - Papers - Pens
Resources Learning activities Content
331 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Product evidence Task: Elaborate the installation report for fire detector system
(checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of invoices
Respect of invoice format
Observation
Performance criterion
Test the system and handover the work
332 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.5. Suggest the maintenance contract according to manufacturer
instructions
Manufacturers instructions on maintenance activities for different types of fire detector system
Suggestion/negotiation of the maintenance contract based on manufacturer’s instructions;
Elaboration of maintenance contract; Elements of the contract:
Obligation agreements of both parties
Job description Job timeframe Allocation of risks Insurance Price review and adjustments
when amendments is required
Full contact of contracting parties
Stamps and signature of contracting parties
Termination of contract
o Brainstorming on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on suggestion and negotiation of a maintenance contract
o Practical exercises on elaboration of maintenance contract
o Documentary Research on elaboration of maintenance contract
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of
installation report - Printer - Computer - Papers - Pens - Samples of
maintenance contract
Formative Assessment 3.5
may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Test the system and handover the work
Resources Learning activities Content
333 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Product evidence
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of recommended maintenance activities
Respect of maintenance contract format
Terms of contract
Proper suggestion on maintenance contract
Observation
Reference books: 3. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods
Project. 4. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods
Project.
334 | P a g e
E L O F R 4 0 1 - FIRE DETECTOR SYSTEM REPAIR
ELOFR401 Repair fire detector system
RTQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 5 50
Sector: Technical services
Sub-sector: Electronic services
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to repair different
types of fire detector system. The learner will be able to select and arrange different materials,
equipment and tools used when repairing different types of fire detector system. Moreover,
he/she will be able to troubleshoot different faults (software and hardware) of fire detector
systems types.
335 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Basics of digital electronics
Fire detector system installation
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Prepare for fire detector system
repair
1.1 Proper identification of PPE according to the work to be done
1.2 Appropriate selection of tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be done
1.3 Proper preparation of the workplace according to the work to be done
2. Troubleshoot fire detector system
2.1 Convention identification of the faults according to their types
2.2 Proper rectification of fire detector system faults according to the technical specifications.
2.3 Correct testing of the fire detector system according to the testing techniques.
2.4 Appropriate cleaning of the working area according to the cleaning techniques
3. Report the work
3.1 Appropriate elaboration of the repair report according to the reporting techniques
3.2 Proper provision of the invoice according to the work done
3.3 Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to manufacturer instructions
336 | P a g e
LU 1: Prepare for fire detector system repair
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify PPE according to the work to be done 2. Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be
done 3. Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
5 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1. Identify PPE according to the work to be done
Types of PPE Gloves Helmet Safety shoes Overall Overcoat Goggles Nose mask Earmuff
Use of PPE
o Brainstorming on the types of PPE o Group discussion on the use of PPE o Physical demonstration of different
types of PPE o Documentary research on PPE
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff
Resources Learning activities Content
337 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Matching questions
Multiple questions
Open questions
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of gloves
Selection of nose mask
Selection of Goggles
Selection of overcoat/overall
Selection of safety shoes
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2 Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be
done
Definition of tools, material and equipment.
Types of tools and their use Screw drivers Pliers Hammer
o Brainstorming on the types of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Group discussion on the use of different tools, materials and equipment.
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - Chalks - Projector
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Proper identification of PPE according to the work to be done
338 | P a g e
Allen keys Soldering iron Di-soldering pump
Types of equipment and their use Digital multi-meter PPE Drilling machine Screwdriver machine Air blow gun Di-soldering gun machine Fire detector system devices
Control and indicating panel
Access control panel Mimic panel Manual call point Bells Smoke detectors Heat detectors Sounder strobe Extinguishing panel
(control for automatic fire protection equipment)
Gas/sprinkler (automatic fire protection equipment)
EOLR (End Of Line Resistor)
Power supply (Battery)
Types of materials and their use Soldering tin Glue Silicon Insulator tape Screws Universal anchors Cables and wires Electronic components
Difference between tools, materials and equipment
o Practical exercises on selection of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on tools, equipment and materials
- Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Hammer - Screwdriver
machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Cables and wires - Electronic
components - Control and
indicating panel - Access control
panel - Mimic panel - Manual call point - Bells - Smoke detectors - Heat detectors - Sounder strobe - Extinguishing panel
(control for automatic fire
339 | P a g e
protection equipment)
- Gas/sprinkler (automatic fire protection equipment)
- EOLR (End Of Line Resistor)
- Power supply(Battery)
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Open questions
Multiple questions
Task: Demonstrate function of tools and equipment
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of tools required for fire detector system repair
Selection of materials required for fire detector system repair
Selection of equipment required for fire detector system repair
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper selection of tools, equipment and material according to the work to be
done
340 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
Arrangement techniques of tools, materials and equipment in the workplace
Arrangement by type Arrangement by
manufacturer instruction
Setup of workplace trespassing signs/notice
o Brainstorming on the arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment
o Group discussion on the arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment
o Practical exercises on the arrangement of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on workplace
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Hammer - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Cables and wires - Electronic components
Resources Learning activities Content
341 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Arrangement of required tools
Arrangement of required materials
Arrangement of required equipment
Setup of workplace trespassing signs/notice
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper preparation of the workplace according to the work to be done
342 | P a g e
LU 2: Troubleshoot fire detector system
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify the faults according to their types 2. Setup embroidery machine parts 3. Manipulate embroidery machine 4. Clean the working area according to the cleaning instructions
40 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1 Identify the faults according to their types
General faults that occur in fire detector system;
Power supply faults
Device faults Control panel
faults Earth protection
faults
o Brainstorming on classes of fire detector system and general faults that occur in fire detector system
o Group discussion on classes of fire detector system and general faults that occur in fire detector system
o Documentary research on faults
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper identification of the fault according to their types
Resources Learning activities Content
343 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of frequent faults that occur in fire detector system
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2 Rectify fire detector system faults according to the technical
specifications.
Checking and rectifying general faults that occur in fire detector system; Checking and rectifying power
supply faults Checking and rectifying control
panel faults Checking and rectifying device
faults Checking and rectifying earth
protection faults
Replacement/adjustment of defective parts of the fire detector system
Testing methods of fire detector system Continuity testing Functionality testing
o Brainstorming on the faults that occur in fire detector systems
o Group discussion on the faults that occur in fire detector systems
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting fire detector system faults
o Documentary research on faults rectification and testing fire detector system
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff
Resources Learning activities Content
344 | P a g e
- Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Hammer - Screwdriver
machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Cables and wires - Electronic
components - Control and
indicating panel - Access control
panel - Mimic panel - Manual call point - Bells - Smoke detectors - Heat detectors - Sounder strobe - Extinguishing panel
(control for automatic fire protection equipment)
- Gas/sprinkler (automatic fire protection equipment)
- EOLR (End Of Line Resistor)
- Power supply(Battery)
345 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Task: Troubleshoot fire detector system’s faults (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Disassembling of the fire detector part /device
Identification of the fault
Replacement/adjustment of defective part
Re-assembling of the fire detector part /device
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 3 Test the fire detector system according to the testing techniques
Checking and rectifying general faults that occur in fire detector system; Checking and rectifying
power supply faults Checking and rectifying
control panel faults Checking and rectifying
o Brainstorming on the faults that occur in fire detector systems
o Group discussion on the faults that occur in fire detector systems
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting fire detector system faults
o Documentary research on faults
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Proper rectification of fire detector system faults according to the technical
specifications
346 | P a g e
device faults Checking and rectifying
earth protection faults
Replacement/adjustment of defective parts of the fire detector system
Testing methods of fire detector system Continuity testing Functionality testing
rectification and testing fire detector system
- Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Hammer - Screwdriver
machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering
pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-
meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal
anchors - Cables and wires - Electronic
components - Control and
indicating panel - Access control
panel - Mimic panel - Manual call point - Bells - Smoke detectors - Heat detectors - Sounder strobe - Extinguishing
panel (control
347 | P a g e
for automatic fire protection equipment)
- Gas/sprinkler (automatic fire protection equipment)
- EOLR (End Of Line Resistor)
- Power supply(Battery)
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Test the fire detector system (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Continuity testing
Voltage measurement
Functionality testing
Observation
Performance criterion
Appropriate testing of the fire detector system according to the
testing techniques.
348 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2. 4 Clean the working area according to the cleaning instructions
Tools, materials and equipment used to clean the workplace
Vacuum cleaner
Lags or cotton waste
Cleaning solutions
Brush
Collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials (consumables)
Cleaning of working area
Cleaning techniques
Tools used in cleaning
Waste materials management
Types of waste materials (recyclable, bio-degradable, non- bio-degradable)
Treatment of waste materials
o Brainstorming on the collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
o Group discussion on cleaning techniques
o Physical demonstration of the cleaning equipment and waste types
o Practical exercises on collecting tools and equipment and waste disposal
o Documentary research on cleaning techniques
- Books - Internet - User’s manual - Service manual - Journals - Cleaning tools and
materials - Vacuum cleaner - Lags or cotton
waste - Cleaning solutions - Brush
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Test the fire detector system (checklist)
Performance criterion
Proper cleaning of the working area according to the cleaning
techniques.
Resources Learning activities Content
349 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of cleaning tools
Selection of cleaning materials
Selection of cleaning equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials
Management of waste materials
Application of cleaning techniques
Observation
350 | P a g e
LU 3: Report the work done
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques 2. Provide the invoice according to the work done 3. Suggest the maintenance contract according to manufacturer
instructions
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques
Elaboration of the maintenance report Format of the installation report
(Business full address, introduction, body, conclusion/recommendation/way forward)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the repair report
o Group discussion on the preparation of the repair report
o Documentary Research on reporting techniques
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of repair
report - Printer - Computer - Papers - Pens
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Appropriate elaboration of the repair report according to the reporting
techniques
Resources Learning activities Content
351 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Elaborate the fire detector system (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of report
Respect of repair report format
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2 Provide the invoice according to the work done
Types invoices Proforma invoice Invoice
Difference between invoice and proforma proforma
Elaboration of invoice /Proforma invoice Format of the invoice (Business
name, Tin number, company name and address, customer bank account, item number, item name, item specification, item quantity, item unit price and item total price)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the invoice
o Group discussion on the preparation of the invoice
o Practical exercises on cost estimation
o Documentary research on invoice
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of repair
report - Printer - Computer - Papers - Pens - Samples of
invoice
Resources Learning activities Content
352 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Elaborate the invoice for fire detector system (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of invoices
Respect of invoice format
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3. Suggest the maintenance contract according to manufacturer
instructions
Manufacturer’s instructions on maintenance activities for different types of fire detector system.
Suggestion/negotiation of the maintenance contract based on manufacturer’s instructions
Elaboration of maintenance contract;
Elements of the contract:
o Brainstorming on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on suggestion and negotiation of a maintenance contract
o Practical exercises on
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of repair
report - Printer - Computer - Papers
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Proper provision of invoice according to the work done
353 | P a g e
Obligation agreements of both parties
Job description Job timeframe Allocation of risks Insurance Price review and
adjustments when amendments is required
Full contact of contracting parties
Stamps and signature of contracting parties
Termination of contract
elaboration of maintenance contract
o Documentary research on maintenance contract
- Pens - Samples of
maintenance contract
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Performance criterion
Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to the manufacturer’s
instructions
354 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of recommended maintenance activities
Respect of maintenance contract format
Terms of contract
Proper suggestion on maintenance contract
Observation
Reference books:
1. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.
2. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods
Project.
355 | P a g e
E L O I I 4 0 1 - INDUSTRIAL UPS INSTALLATION
ELOII401 Install industrial UPS
RTQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 4 40
Sector: Technical services
Sub-sector: Electronic services
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to install industrial UPS. The
learner will be able to select and arrange different materials, equipment and tools used when
installing industrial UPS. Moreover, he/she will be able to assemble different parts of industrial UPS
and configure it according to the manufacturer manual guide
356 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
BASICS OF DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
OFFICE UPS REPAIR
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the
learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Prepare for industrial UPS
installation
1.1 Proper conduction of site survey according to the work to be done
1.2 Proper identification of PPE according to the work to be done
1.3 Appropriate selection of tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be done
1.4 Proper preparation of the workplace according to the work to be done
2. Fix and connect the UPS
2.1 Proper assembling of the UPS parts according to the manufacturer manual instructions
2.2 Proper fixing of the UPS according to the manufacturer manual instructions
2.3 Proper connection of the UPS to the power according to the manufacturer manual instructions
3. Configure and test the UPS 3.1 Convenient configuration of the UPS system according to the manufacturer instructions
3.2 Appropriate testing of the UPS system according to the testing techniques
3.3 Proper cleaning of the working area according to the cleaning techniques
4. Report the work 4.1 Appropriate elaboration of UPS installation report according to reporting techniques
4.2 Proper provision of the invoice according to the work done
4.3 Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to the manufacturer instructions
357 | P a g e
LU 1: Prepare for industrial UPS installation
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Conduct site survey according to the work to be done 2. Identify PPE according to the work to be done 3. Select tools , equipment and materials according to the work to be
done 4. Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
20 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1 conduct site survey according to the work to be done.
Definition of site survey
Purpose of site survey
Requirement for industrial UPS installation Environmental
(Temperature, Excessive dust Moisture/humidity )
Loading (power rating)
Type of supply (3phases, single phase)
Power factor Run time Output waveform
Classification of the industrial UPS according to their use
Line interactive Standby-Ferro Standby on-line
hybrid
o Brainstorming on survey and classification of industrial UPS
o Group discussion on classification of industrial UPS
o Documentary research on site survey
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff
Resources Learning activities Content
358 | P a g e
Double conversion on-line
Delta conversion on-line
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Oral
Product evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Conduct the site survey for industrial UPS installation and provide surveying report (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Definition of site survey
Purpose of site survey
Provision of the surveying report
Adequacy of information about the design
Adequacy of information about the cost of the work
Adequacy of information about location of installation
Adequacy of information about technical requirements
Observation
Performance criterion
Prepare for industrial UPS installation
359 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2 Identify PPE according to the work to be done
Types of PPE Gloves Helmet Safety shoes Overall Overcoat Goggles Nose mask Earmuff
Use of PPE
o Brainstorming on the types of PPE
o Group discussion on the use of PPE
o Physical demonstration of different types of PPE
o Documentary research on PPE
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral Expose (presentation) Interview
Performance criterion
Prepare for industrial UPS installation
Resources Learning activities Content
360 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
selection of gloves
selection of nose mask
selection of Goggles
selection of overcoat/overall
selection of safety shoes
Selection of helmet
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be
done
Definition of tools, materials and equipment
Types of tools and their use Screw drivers Pliers Hammer Allen keys Soldering iron Di-soldering pump
Types of equipment and their use
Digital multi-meter PPE Drilling machine Screwdriver machine Air blow gun Di-soldering gun
machine Industrial UPS
Types of materials and their use
Soldering tin Battery Glue Silicon Insulator tape Screws Universal anchors Cables and wires
o Brainstorming on the types of different tools, materials and equipment
o Group discussion on the use of different tools, materials and equipment
o Practical exercises on selection of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on tools, materials and equipment
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Hammer - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin
Resources Learning activities Content
361 | P a g e
Electronic components
Difference between tools, materials and equipment
- Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Cables and wires - Electronic components - Line interactive - Standby-Ferro - Standby on-line hybrid - Double conversion on-line - Delta conversion on-line
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Select tools, equipment and materials needed for industrial UPS installation (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of tools required for industrial UPS installation
Selection of materials required for industrial UPS installation
Selection of equipment required for industrial UPS installation
Observation
Performance criterion
Prepare for industrial UPS installation.
362 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.4: Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
Arrangement techniques of tools, materials and equipment in the workplace
Arrangement by type Arrangement by
manufacturer instruction
Setup of workplace trespassing signs/notice
o Brainstorming on the arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment
o Group discussion on the arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment
o Practical exercises on the arrangement of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on workplace
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Hammer - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Cables and wires - Electronic components - Line interactive - Standby-Ferro - Standby on-line hybrid - Double conversion on-line - Delta conversion on-line
Resources Learning activities Content
363 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Prepare the workplace for industrial UPS installation (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Arrangement of required tools
Arrangement of required materials
Arrangement of required equipment
Setup of trespassing signs/notice
Observation
Performance criterion
Prepare for industrial UPS installation.
364 | P a g e
L U 2: Fix and connect industrial UPS
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Assemble the UPS parts according to the manual instructions 2. Fix the UPS according to the manufacturers manual instructions 3. Connect the UPS to the power according to the manual
instructions
20 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1 Assemble the UPS parts according to the manual instructions
Main parts of industrial UPS;
UPS module Battery module Cables
Assembling the UPS parts
Fixing of the UPS
Placement and connection of batteries according to manual instructions
o Brainstorming on techniques of assembling, placement and connection of industrial UPS
o Group discussion on techniques of assembling, placement and connection of industrial UPS
o Physical demonstration on assembling, placement and connection of industrial UPS
o Documentary research on assembling and fixing of UPS
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Line interactive - Standby-Ferro - Standby on-line hybrid - Double conversion on-line - Delta conversion on-line
Resources Learning activities Content
365 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Assemble the industrial UPS (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of main parts of industrial UPS
Placement of batteries into battery module
Placement of battery module into the UPS module
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2 Fix the UPS according to the manufacturers manual instructions
Main parts of industrial UPS; UPS module Battery module Cables
Assembling the UPS parts
Fixing of the UPS
Placement and connection of batteries
o Brainstorming on techniques of assembling, placement and connection of industrial UPS
o Group discussion on techniques of assembling, placement and connection
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Fix and connect the UPS
366 | P a g e
according to manual instructions of industrial UPS o Physical demonstration on
assembling, placement and connection of industrial UPS
o Documentary research on assembling and fixing of UPS
- Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Line interactive - Standby-Ferro - Standby on-line
hybrid - Double conversion
on-line - Delta conversion
on-line
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Fix the industrial UPS (checklist)
Performance criterion
Fix and connect the UPS
367 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Positioning of UPS module
Screwing battery module covers
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 3 Connect the UPS to power according to the manual instructions
Selection of cables Based on section Based on material Based on inner
core(solid, twisted)
Connection of the power source to UPS
Protection of UPS (earthling)
o Brainstorming on techniques of power source connection, cable selection and protection of industrial UPS
o Group discussion on techniques of power source connection, cable selection and protection of industrial UPS
o Physical demonstration on power source connection, cable selection and protection of industrial UPS
o Documentary research on connecting UPS to the power
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Line interactive - Standby-Ferro - Standby on-line
hybrid - Double
conversion on-line
- Delta conversion on-line
Formative Assessment 2.3
Performance criterion
Fix and connect the UPS
Resources Learning activities Content
368 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Connect the industrial UPS to power (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of power cables
Proper protection of UPS
Connecting power to UPS
Observation
369 | P a g e
LU 3: Configure and test the UPS
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Configure the UPS system according to the manufacturer instructions
2. Test the industrials UPS according to the testing techniques 3. Clean the working area according to clearing techniques
8 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: confugure the UPS system according to the manufacuturer
instructions
Steps of UPS configuration Checking of software
compatibility Installation of software Assigning the IP address
Testing of UPS functionality
Check Output voltage Connect the load
o Brainstorming on techniques of configuration and testing industrial UPS
o Group discussion on techniques of configuration and testing industrial UPS
o Physical demonstration on configuration and testing industrial UPS
o Documentary research on configuration and testing the UPS
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Line interactive
UPS - Standby-Ferro UPS - Standby on-line
hybrid - Double conversion
Resources Learning activities Content
370 | P a g e
on-line - Delta conversion
on-line
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Configure a given industrial UPS (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Checking of software compatibility
Installation of software
Observation
Performance criterion
Configure and test the UPS
371 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.2 Test the industrial UPS according to the testing techniques
Steps of UPS configuration Checking of software
compatibility Installation of software Assigning the IP address
Testing of UPS functionality
Check Output voltage Connect the load
o Brainstorming on techniques of configuration and testing industrial UPS
o Group discussion on techniques of configuration and testing industrial UPS
o Physical demonstration on configuration and testing industrial UPS
o Documentary research on configuration and testing the UPS
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Line interactive
UPS - Standby-Ferro
UPS - Standby on-line
hybrid - Double
conversion on-line
- Delta conversion on-line
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Configure and test the UPS
Resources Learning activities Content
372 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Test a given industrial UPS (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Testing continuity of industrial UPS
Voltage measurement
Testing functionality of a given industrial UPS
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3. Clean the working area according to cleaning techniques
Tools, materials and equipment used to clean the workplace Vacuum cleaner Lags or cotton waste Cleaning solutions Brush
Collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials (consumables)
Cleaning of working area Cleaning techniques Tools used in cleaning
Waste materials management Types of waste materials
(recyclable, bio-degradable, non- bio-degradable)
Treatment of waste materials
o Brainstorming on the collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
o Group discussion on cleaning techniques
o Physical demonstration on the use of cleaning equipment
o Illustration of waste types o Practical exercises on
collecting tools and equipment and waste disposal
o Documentary research on cleaning techniques
- Books - Internet - User’s manual - Service manual - Journals - Cleaning tools
and materials
Resources Learning activities Content
373 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Clean the working area (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of cleaning tools
Selection of cleaning materials
Selection of cleaning equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials
Management of waste materials
Application of cleaning techniques
Observation
Performance criterion
Configure and test the UPS
374 | P a g e
LU 4: Report the work
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Elaborate the instructions report according to reporting techniques
2. Provide the invoice according to the work done 3. Suggest the maintenance contract according to
manufacturer instructions 4 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Elaborate the installation report according to reporting techniques
Type of reports Emergency report Non emergency
Report preparation Causes
introduction Repaired devices
information Provide schematic
diagram if necessary
o Brainstorming on the types of repair report
o Group discussion on the use of repair report
o Documentary research on installation report
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Internet - Computer - Sample of report format
Formative Assessment 4.1
Performance criterion
Report the work
Resources Learning activities Content
375 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Product evidence Task: Elaborate the installation report for industrial UPS (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of report
Respect of installation report format
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2: Provide the invoice according to the work done
Types of invoices Proforma invoice Invoice
Difference between invoice and proforma invoice
Elaboration of invoice /proforma invoice
Format of the invoice (Business name, Tin number, company name and address, customer bank account, item
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the invoice
o Group discussion on the preparation of the invoice
o Practical exercises on invoice o Documentary research on
invoice
- Books - pens - Computer - Printer - paper - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of invoice
Resources Learning activities Content
376 | P a g e
number, item name, item specification, item quantity, item unit price and item total price)
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Product evidence Task: Elaborate the invoice for industrial UPS (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of invoices
Respect of invoice format
Observation
Performance criterion
Report the work
377 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.3: Suggest the maintenance contract according to manufacturer
instructions
Manufacturers instructions maintenance activities for different types of door lock code system
Suggestion/negotiation of the maintenance contract based on manufacturers instructions
Elaboration of maintenance contract; Elements of the
contract: Obligation
agreements of both parties
Job description Job timeframe Allocation of risks Insurance Price review and
adjustments when amendments is required
Full contact of contracting parties
Stamps and signature of contracting parties
Termination of contract
o Brainstorming on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on suggestion and negotiation of a maintenance contract
o Practical exercises on maintenance contract
o Documentary research on maintenance contract
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of maintenance
contract
Formative Assessment 4.3
Performance criterion
Report the work
Resources Learning activities Content
378 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of recommended maintenance activities
Respect of maintenance contract format
Terms of contract
Proper suggestion of maintenance contract
Observation
Reference books: 1. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods
Project. 2. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods
Project.
379 | P a g e
E L O I R I 4 0 1 - INDUSTRIAL UPS REPAIR
ELOIRI401 Repair industrial UPS
RTQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 8 80
Sector: Technical services
Sub-sector: Electronic services
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to repair an industrial
UPS. The learner will be able to select and arrange different materials, equipment and tools
used when repairing an industrial UPS. Moreover, he/she will be able to troubleshoot hardware
(Power supply, battery charger circuit, inverting circuit, control board circuit, as long as
handling battery problems) and software faults.
380 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Basics of digital electronics
Office ups repair
Industrial ups installation
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Prepare for industrial UPS repair
1.1 Proper identification of PPE according to the work to be done
1.2 Appropriate selection of tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be done
1.3 Proper preparation of the workplace according to the work to be done
2. Rectify the fault
2.1 Convenient identification of the faults according to their types
2.2 Proper troubleshooting of software faults according to the technical specifications
2.3 Proper troubleshooting of hardware faults according to the technical specifications
2.4 Correct testing of the industrial UPS according to the testing techniques
2.5 Appropriate cleaning of the working area according to the cleaning techniques
3. Report the work 3.1 Appropriate elaboration of the repair report according to reporting techniques
3.2 Proper provision of the invoice according to the work done
3.3 Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to manufacturer instructions
381 | P a g e
LU 1: Prepare for industrial UPS repair
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify PPE according to the work to be done 2. Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to
be done 3. Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
5 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1 Identify PPE according to the work to be done
Types of PPE Gloves Helmet Safety shoes Overall Overcoat Goggles Nose mask Earmuff
Use of PPE
o Brainstorming on the types of PPE o Group discussion on the use of PPE o Physical demonstration of PPE o Documentary research on PPE
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff
Resources Learning activities Content
382 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
performance
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of gloves
Selection of nose mask
Selection of Goggles
Selection of overcoat/overall
Selection of safety shoes
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2 Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be done
Definition of tools, materials and equipment.
Types of tools and their use Screw drivers Pliers Hammer Allen keys
o Brainstorming on the types of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Group discussion on the use of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Practical exercises on selection
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - chalk - Projector - Marker pen
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Proper identification of PPE according to the work to be done
383 | P a g e
Soldering iron Di-soldering pump
Types of equipment and their use Digital multi-meter PPE Drilling machine Screwdriver machine Air blow gun Di-soldering gun machine Industrial UPS
Types of materials and their use Soldering tin Battery Glue Silicon Insulator tape Screws Universal anchors Cables and wires Electronic components
Difference between tools, materials and equipment
of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on tools, equipment and materials
- Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Hammer - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Cables and wires - Electronic
components - Line interactive - Standby-Ferro - Standby on-line
hybrid - Double conversion
on-line - Delta conversion on-
line
384 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Select tools, equipment and materials needed for industrial
UPS repair (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of tools required for industrial UPS repair
Selection of materials required for industrial UPS repair
Selection of equipment required for industrial UPS repair
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
Arrangement techniques of tools, materials and equipment in the workplace
Arrangement by type Arrangement by
manufacturer instruction
o Brainstorming on the arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment
o Group discussion on the arrangement of different tools, materials and
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - chalks - Projector - Marker pen
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Appropriate selection of tools, equipment and materials according to the work
to be done
385 | P a g e
Setup of workplace trespassing signs/notice
equipment o Practical exercises on the
arrangement of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on workplace
- Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Hammer - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Cables and wires - Electronic components - Line interactive - Standby-Ferro - Standby on-line hybrid - Double conversion on-line - Delta conversion on-line
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper preparation of the workplace according to the work to be done.
386 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Prepare the workplace for industrial UPS repair (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Arrangement of required tools
Arrangement of required materials
Arrangement of required equipment
Observation
387 | P a g e
LU 2: Rectify the fault
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify the fault according to their types 2. Troubleshoot software faults according to the technical
specifications 3. Troubleshoot hardware faults according to the technical
specifications 4. Test the Industrial UPS according to the testing techniques 5. Clean the working area according to the cleaning techniques
70 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1 Identify the fault according to their types
Types and classes of the industrial UPS Line interactive Standby-Ferro Standby on-line hybrid Double conversion on-line Delta conversion on-line
Classification of industrial UPS faults: Software faults Hardware faults
Frequent hardware faults that occur in industrial UPS and their causes:
UPS do not turn ON UPS do not turn OFF UPS is not providing the expected
backup time Battery (failure/weak) The AVR boost/trim UPS operate on battery while line
voltage exists
Frequent software faults that occur in industrial UPS and their causes:
Software/Network integration problem
o Brainstorming on different types and classes of industrial UPS
o Group discussion on different types and classes of industrial UPS
o Physical demonstration of different types and classes of industrial UPS
o Brainstorming on frequent software and hardware faults that occur in industrial UPS
o Group discussion on frequent software and hardware faults that occur in industrial UPS
o Physical demonstration on frequent software and hardware faults that occur in industrial UPS
o Documentary research on faults
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Line interactive
UPS - Standby-Ferro
UPS - Standby on-line
hybrid
Resources Learning activities Content
388 | P a g e
Expiration Hung up Crashing
- Double conversion on-line
- Delta conversion on-line
- Software CDs
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Product evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of frequent software fault
Identification of frequent hardware fault
Observation
Performance criterion
Convenient identification of the fault according to their types.
389 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2 Troubleshoot software faults according to the technical specifications
Troubleshooting Frequent software faults that occur in industrial UPS and their causes:
Software/Network integration problem
Expiration Hung up Crashing
o Brainstorming on troubleshooting the software
o Group discussion on troubleshooting the software
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting the software
o Documentary research on software troubleshooting
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Line interactive
UPS - Standby-Ferro UPS - Standby on-line
hybrid - Double conversion
on-line Delta conversion on-line
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper troubleshooting of software faults according to the technical
specifications.
Resources Learning activities Content
390 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Troubleshoot the software faults of industrial UPS (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of the faults
Repair of the software fault
Reinstallation of the software
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 3 Troubleshoot hardware faults according to the technical specifications
Main parts of industrial UPS; Power supply Charger/rectifier Inverter Control circuit Backup battery Contactors Connectors Static bypass switch
Disassembling and assembling of industrial UPS
Troubleshooting Frequent hardware faults that occur in industrial UPS and their causes:
UPS do not turn ON UPS do not turn OFF UPS is not providing the
expected backup time
o Brainstorming on troubleshooting the hardware
o Group discussion on troubleshooting the hardware
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting the hardware
o Documentary research on hardware troubleshooting
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask
Resources Learning activities Content
391 | P a g e
Battery (failure/weak) The AVR boost/trim UPS operate on battery while
line voltage exists
- Earmuff - Line interactive
UPS - Standby-Ferro
UPS - Standby on-line
hybrid - Double
conversion on-line
- Delta conversion on-line
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Troubleshoot the hardware faults of industrial UPS (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of the fault
Replacement of the defective part
Adjustment of the defective part
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper troubleshooting of hardware faults according to the technical
specifications.
392 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2. 4 Test the Industrial UPS according to the testing techniques
Testing techniques; Continuity testing Voltage measurement Functionality testing
Functionality test of the UPS Check Output voltage Check Back up battery
timing Check Software/Network
integration problem
o Brainstorming on test of a UPS o Group discussion on test of a UPS o Practical exercises on test of a UPS o Documentary research on
industrial UPS testing
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Line interactive
UPS - Standby-Ferro
UPS - Standby on-line
hybrid - Double
conversion on-line
- Delta conversion on-line
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper testing of industrial UPS according to the testing techniques.
Resources Learning activities Content
393 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Test the industrial UPS (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Continuity testing
Voltage measurement
Testing of the software
Functionality testing
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 5 Clean the working area according to the cleaning techniques
Tools, materials and equipment used to clean the workplace Vacuum cleaner Lags or cotton waste Cleaning solutions Brush
Collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials (consumables)
Cleaning of working area Cleaning techniques Tools used in cleaning
Waste materials management Types of waste materials
(recyclable, bio-degradable, non- bio-degradable)
Treatment of waste materials
o Brainstorming on the collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
o Group discussion on cleaning techniques
o Physical demonstration on the use of the cleaning equipment
o Illustration of waste types o Practical exercises on collecting
tools and equipment and waste disposal
o Documentary research on cleaning techniques
- Books - Internet - User’s manual - Service manual - Journals - Cleaning tools
and materials
Resources Learning activities Content
394 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Clean the working area (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of cleaning tools
Selection of cleaning materials
Selection of cleaning equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials
Management of waste materials
Application of cleaning techniques
Observation
Performance criterion
Appropriate cleaning of the working area according to the cleaning techniques.
395 | P a g e
LU 3: Report the work
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques 2. Provide the invoice according to the work done 3. Suggest the maintenance contract according to manufacturer
instructions
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques
Type of reports Emergency report Non-emergency
Report preparation Causes introduction Repaired devices information Provide schematic diagram if
necessary
o Brainstorming on the types of repair report
o Group discussion on the use of repair report
o Physical demonstration of different types of repair report
o Documentary research on reporting techniques
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Blackboard - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Internet - Computer - Printer - Paper
Formative Assessment 3.1
Performance criterion
Appropriate elaboration of the repair report according to the reporting
techniques.
Resources Learning activities Content
396 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Elaborate the industrial UPS repair report (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of report
Respect of repair report format
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2 Provide the invoice according to the work done
Types of invoices Proforma invoice Invoice
Difference between invoice and proforma invoice
Elaboration of invoice /Proforma invoice Format of the invoice (Business
name, Tin number, company name and address, customer bank account, item number, item name, item specification, item quantity, item unit price and item total price)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the invoice
o Group discussion on the preparation of the invoice
o Practical exercises on the invoice
o Documentary research on invoice
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of
invoice
Resources Learning activities Content
397 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Task: Elaborate the invoice for industrial UPS repair activity
(checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of invoices
Respect of invoice format
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper provision of invoice according to the work done.
398 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3. Suggest the maintenance contract according to manufacturer
instructions
Manufacturers instructions on maintenance activities for different types of door lock codesystem
Suggestion/negotiation of the maintenance contract based on manufacturers instructions
Elaboration of maintenance contract; Elements of the contract:
Obligation agreements of both parties
Job description Job timeframe Allocation of risks Insurance Price review and adjustments
when amendments is required
Full contact of contracting parties
Stamps and signature of contracting parties
Termination of contract
o Brainstorming on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on suggestion and negotiation of a maintenance contract
o Practical exercises on elaboration of maintenance contract
o Documentary research on maintenance contract
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of
maintenance contract
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.
Resources Learning activities Content
399 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Open questions
Expose (presentation)
Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of recommended maintenance activities
Respect of maintenance contract format
Terms of contract
Proper suggestion of maintenance contract
Observation
Reference books:
1. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.
2. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.
400 | P a g e
A L O O R 4 0 1 - OFFICE UPS REPAIR
ELOOR 401 Repair office UPS
RTQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 5 50
Sector: Technical services
Sub-sector: Electronic services
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to repair an office UPS. The
learner will be able to select and arrange different materials, equipment and tools used when
repairing an office UPS. Moreover, he/she will be able to repair different parts of an office UPS
including power supply, battery charger circuit, inverting circuit, control circuit, as long as handling
battery problems.
401 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Basics of digital electronics
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Prepare for Office UPS repair 1.1 Proper identification of PPE according to the work to be done
1.2 Appropriate selection of tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be done
1.4 Proper preparation of the workplace according to the work to be done
2. Rectify the fault
2.1 Proper disassembling and assembling of office UPS according to manufacturer instructions
2.2 Proper Troubleshooting of the defective parts according to the technical specifications
2.3 Proper testing of office UPS according to the testing techniques
2.4 Appropriate cleaning of the working area according to the cleaning
3. Report the work 3.1 Appropriate elaboration of the repair report according to reporting techniques
3.2 Proper provision of the invoice according to the work done
3.3 Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to manufacturer instructions
402 | P a g e
LU 1: Prepare for office UPS repair
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify PPE according to the work to be done 2. Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to
be done. 3. Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
10 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1: Identify PPE according to the work to be done.
Types of PPE Gloves Helmet Safety shoes Overall Overcoat Goggles Nose mask Earmuff
Use of PPE
o Brainstorming on the types of PPE o Group discussion on the use of PPE o Physical demonstration on the use
of different types of PPE o Documentary research on PPE
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff
Resources Learning activities Content
403 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation).
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of gloves
Selection of nose mask
Selection of Goggles
Selection of overcoat/overall
Selection of safety shoes
Observation
Performance criterion
Prepare for Office UPS repair
404 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2 Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be
done
Definition of tools, material and equipment.
Types of tools and their use Screw drivers Pliers Hammer Allen keys Soldering iron Di-soldering pump
Types of equipment and their use
Digital multi-meter PPE Drilling machine Screwdriver machine Air blow gun Di-soldering gun
machine Office UPS
Types of materials and their use
Soldering tin Battery Glue Silicon Insulator tape Screws Universal anchors Cables and wires Electronic
components
Difference between tools, materials and equipment
o Brainstorming on the types of different tools, materials and equipment
o Group discussion on the use of different tools, materials and equipment
o Practical exercises on selection of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on tools,equipment and materials
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Hammer - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Cables and wires - Electronic components - Standby UPS - Line interactive UPS - Standby-Ferro UPS
Resources Learning activities Content
405 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Select tools, equipment and materials needed for office UPS
repair (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of tools required for office UPS repair
Selection of materials required for office UPS repair
Selection of equipment required for office UPS repair
Observation
Performance criterion
Prepare for Office UPS repair
406 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
Arrangement techniques of tools, materials and equipment in the workplace
Arrangement by type Arrangement by
manufacturer instruction
Setup of workplace trespassing signs/notice
o Brainstorming on the arrangement and setup of workplace
o Group discussion on the arrangement of workplace
o Practical exercises on the arrangement and setup of workplace
o Documentary research on workplace
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Hammer - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Cables and wires
Resources Learning activities Content
407 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Prepare the workplace for office UPS repair (checklist.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Arrangement of required tools
Arrangement of required materials
Arrangement of required equipment
Arrangement of required tools
Observation
Performance criterion
Prepare for Office UPS repair
408 | P a g e
LU 2: Rectify the fault
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Disassemble and assemble office UPS according to manufacturer instructions
2. Troubleshoot the defective parts according to the technical specifications
3. Test the office UPS according to the testing techniques 20 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1 use hand embroidery tools
Testing the functionality of the UPS
Checking Output voltage
Checking Back up battery timing
o Brainstorming on testing office UPS
o Group discussion on testing office UPS
o Practical exercises on testing the office UPS
o Documentary research on office UPS
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling machine - Hammer - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron
Resources Learning activities Content
409 | P a g e
- Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal anchors - Cables and wires - Electronic components - Standby UPS - Line interactive UPS - Standby-Ferro UPS
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Test the office UPS (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Continuity testing
Voltage measurement
Functionality testing
Observation
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
410 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2 Clean the working area according to cleaning techniques
Tools, materials and equipment used to clean the workplace Vacuum cleaner Lags or cotton waste Cleaning solutions Brush
Collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials (consumables)
Cleaning of working area Cleaning techniques Tools used in cleaning
Waste materials management Types of waste materials
(recyclable, bio-degradable, non- bio-degradable)
Treatment of waste materials
o Brainstorming on the collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
o Group discussion on cleaning techniques
o Physical demonstration of the cleaning equipment and waste types
o Practical exercises on collecting tools and equipment and waste disposal
o Documentary Research on cleaning techniques
- Books - Internet - User’s manual - Service manual - Journals - Cleaning tools
and materials - Vacuum cleaner - Lags or cotton
waste - Cleaning
solutions - Brush
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Clean the working area (checklist)
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
Resources Learning activities Content
411 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of cleaning tools
Selection of cleaning materials
Selection of cleaning equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials
Management of waste materials
Application of cleaning techniques
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 3 Test the office UPS according to the testing techniques
Testing the functionality of the UPS
Checking Output voltage
Checking Back up battery timing
o Brainstorming on testing office UPS
o Group discussion on testing office UPS
o Practical exercises on testing the office UPS
o Documentary research on office UPS
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Drilling
machine - Hammer - Screwdriver
machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering
pump - Di-soldering
Resources Learning activities Content
412 | P a g e
gun machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-
meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Universal
anchors - Cables and
wires - Electronic
components - Standby UPS - Line interactive
UPS - Standby-Ferro
UPS
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Test the office UPS (checklist)
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
413 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Continuity testing
Voltage measurement
Functionality testing
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 4 Clean the working area according to cleaning techniques
Tools, materials and equipment used to clean the workplace Vacuum cleaner Lags or cotton waste Cleaning solutions Brush
Collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials (consumables)
Cleaning of working area Cleaning techniques Tools used in cleaning
Waste materials management Types of waste materials
(recyclable, bio-degradable, non- bio-degradable)
Treatment of waste materials
o Brainstorming on the collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
o Group discussion on cleaning techniques
o Physical demonstration of the cleaning equipment and waste types
o Practical exercises on collecting tools and equipment and waste disposal
o Documentary Research on cleaning techniques
- Books - Internet - User’s manual - Service manual - Journals - Cleaning tools
and materials - Vacuum cleaner - Lags or cotton
waste - Cleaning
solutions - Brush
Formative Assessment 2.4
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
Resources Learning activities Content
414 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Clean the working area (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of cleaning tools
Selection of cleaning materials
Selection of cleaning equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials
Management of waste materials
Application of cleaning techniques
Observation
415 | P a g e
LU 3: Perform basic maintenance of embroidery equipment and tools
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques 2. Provide the invoice according to the work done 3. Suggest the maintenance contract according to manufacturer
25 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques
Types of reports Emergency report Non emergency
Report preparation Causes introduction Repaired devices
information Provide schematic diagram
if necessary
o Brainstorming on the types of repair report
o Group discussion on the repair report
o Documentary research on reporting techniques
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Internet - Computer
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Report the work
Resources Learning activities Content
416 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Product evidence Task: Elaborate the office UPS repair report (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of report
Respect of repair report format
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2 Provide the invoice according to the work done
Types of invoices Proforma invoice Invoice
Difference between invoice and proforma invoice
Elaboration of invoice /Proforma invoice
Format of the invoice (Business name, Tin number, company name and address, customer bank account, item number, item name, item specification, item quantity, item unit price and item total price)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the invoice
o Group discussion on the preparation of the invoice
o Practical exercises on the invoice
o Documentary research on the invoice
- Books - Handout notes - Printer - Compute - Papers - Pens - Internet - Samples of
invoice
Resources Learning activities Content
417 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Product evidence Task: Elaborate the invoice for office UPS repair activity (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of invoices
Respect of invoice format
Observation
Performance criterion
Report the work
418 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3. Suggest the maintenance contract according to manufacturer
instructions
Manufacturers instructions on maintenance activities for different types of door door lock codesystem
Suggestion/negotiation of the maintenance contract based on manufacturers instructions
Elaboration of maintenance contract; Elements of the contract:
Obligation agreements of both parties
Job description Job timeframe Allocation of risks Insurance Price review and adjustments
when amendments is required
Full contact of contracting parties
Stamps and signature of contracting parties
Termination of contract
o Brainstorming on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on suggestion and negotiation of a maintenance contract
o Practical elaboration of maintenance contract
o Documentary research on maintenance contract
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of
maintenance contract
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Report the work
Resources Learning activities Content
419 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of recommended maintenance activities
Respect of maintenance contract format
Terms of contract
Proper suggestion of maintenance contract
Observation
Reference books:
3. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project. 4. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods
Project.
420 | P a g e
E L O W R 4 0 1 - WALKTHROUGH METAL DETECTOR REPAIR
ELOWR401 Repair walkthrough metal detector
RTQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 4 40
Sector: Technical services
Sub-sector: Electronic services
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to repair handheld metal
detector. The learner will be able to select and arrange different materials, equipment and tools used
when repairing handheld metal detector. Moreover, he/she will be able to troubleshoot different faults
of handheld metal detector.
421 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Basics of Digital Electronics
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the
learning unit
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
2. Prepare for walkthrough metal detector repair
1.4 Proper identification of PPE according to the work to be done
1.5 Appropriate selection of tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be done
1.6 Proper preparation of the workplace according to the work to be done
2. Rectify the fault 2.5 Proper identification of the faults according to their types
2.6 Correct adjustment/replacement of defective part/device according to technical specifications
2.7 Appropriate testing of the handheld metal detector according to the testing techniques
2.8 Proper cleaning of the working area according to the cleaning techniques.
3. Report the work 3.4 Appropriate elaboration of the repair report according to the reporting techniques.
3.5 Proper provision of the invoice according to the work done
3.6 Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to manufacturer instructions
422 | P a g e
LU 1: Prepare for walkthrough metal detector repair
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify PPE according to the work to be done 2. Select tools , equipment and materials according to the work to
be done 3. Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
4 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1 Identify PPE according to the work to be done
Types of PPE Gloves Helmet Safety shoes Overall Overcoat Goggles Nose mask Earmuff
Use of PPE
o Brainstorming on the types of PPE o Group discussion on the use of PPE o Physical demonstration of different
types of PPE o Documentary research on PPE
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff
Resources Learning activities Content
423 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of gloves
Selection of nose mask
Selection of Goggles
Selection of overcoat/overall
Selection of safety shoes
Observation
Performance criterion
Prepare for walkthrough metal detector repair
424 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2 Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be done
Definition of tools, material and equipment.
Types of tools and their use Screw drivers Pliers Allen keys Soldering iron Di-soldering pump Cleaning brush Magnifying glass
Types of equipment and their use Digital multi-meter PPE Screwdriver machine Air blow gun Di-soldering gun machine Handheld metal detector
Types of materials and their use Soldering tin Glue Silicon Insulator tape Screws Electronic components
Difference between tools, materials and equipment
o Brainstorming on the types of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Group discussion on the use of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Practical exercises on selection of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on tools, materials and equipment
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Electronic
components - Walk through metal
detector and accessories
Resources Learning activities Content
425 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Select tools, equipment and materials needed for walkthrough
metal detector repair (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of equipment required for walkthrough metal detector repair
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
Arrangement techniques of tools, materials and equipment in the workplace
Arrangement by type Arrangement by
o Brainstorming on the arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Group discussion on the
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Prepare for walkthrough metal detector repair
426 | P a g e
manufacturer instruction
handheld metal detector tools, materials and equipment arrangement.
o Practical exercises on arrangement of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentaryresearch on handheld metal detector tools, materials and equipment arrangement
- Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Pliers - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Electronic components - Handheld detector
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Prepare for workthrough metal detector repair
427 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Prepare the workplace for workthrough metal detector repair (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Arrangement of required tools
Arrangement of required materials
Arrangement of required equipment
Observation
428 | P a g e
LU 2: Rectify the fault
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify the fault according to their types 2. Adjust the defective part/ device according to technical
specifications 3. Test the workthrough metal detector according to the testing
techniques 4. Clean the walking area according to the clearing techniques
60 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1 Identify the fault according to their types
Introduction to walkthrough detectoroperation
Main components and their functions;
Two panels (A and B);
Detection unit Controller module Power module AC jumper cord Power cord LCD display
Accessories of walkthrough metal detector and their use;
Battery backup module
Desktop remote control
Magnadolly wheel transporter
Adhesive floor mounts
Stabilizer bars
o Brainstorming on working principle of walkthrough metal detector and general faults that occur in Walkthrough metal detector.
o Group discussion on working principle of Walkthrough metal detector and general faults that occur in Walkthrough metal detector.
o Documentary research on Walkthrough metal detector faults
o Faults identification through observations
Introduction to walkthrough detectoroperation
Main components and their functions;
Two panels (A and B);
Detection unit Controller module Power module AC jumper cord Power cord LCD display
Accessories of walkthrough metal detector and their use;
Battery backup module
Desktop remote control
Magnadolly wheel transporter
Adhesive floor mounts
Stabilizer bars CMA interface
Resources Learning activities Content
429 | P a g e
CMA interface module
Operation Test Piece (OTP) and Flat Test Piece (FTP)
Assembling, disassembling and fixing of walkthrough metal detector according to manufacturer instructions
General faults that occur in walk through metal detector system;
Battery failure Electronic circuitry
faults Sensitivity faults
module Operation Test
Piece (OTP) and Flat Test Piece (FTP)
Assembling, disassembling and fixing of walkthrough metal detector according to manufacturer instructions
General faults that occur in walk through metal detector system;
Battery failure Electronic circuitry
faults Sensitivity faults
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
430 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Description of walkthrough metal detector operation
Identification of different parts and accessories of a walkthrough metal detector
Identification of frequent faults that occur in walkthrough metal detector
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2 Adjust the defective parts / device according to technical specification
Replacement/adjustment of defective devices/components.
Testing techiniques for walkthrough metal detector;
Continuity testing Voltage measurement Functionality testing
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting of Walkthrough metal detector
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Screwdriver
machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter
Resources Learning activities Content
431 | P a g e
- Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Electronic
components - Walk through
metal detector
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Adjust/ Replace the defective part/device of the
walkthrough metal detector (checklist)
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
432 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Disassembling the walkthrough metal detector
Replacement of the defective part
Adjustment of the defective part
Re-assembling the walkthrough metal detector
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 3 Test the walkthrough metal detector according to the testing
techniques
Replacement/adjustment of defective devices/components.
Testing techiniques for walkthrough metal detector;
Continuity testing Voltage measurement Functionality testing
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting of Walkthrough metal detector
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Screwdriver
machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering
pump - Di-soldering gun
Resources Learning activities Content
433 | P a g e
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-
meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Electronic
components - Walk through
metal detector
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Test the walkthrough metal detector (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Continuity testing
Voltage measurement
Functionality testing
Observation
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
434 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2. 4 Clean the working area according to the cleaning techniques
Tools, materials and equipment used to clean the workplace Vacuum cleaner Lags or cotton waste Cleaning solutions Brush
Collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials (consumables)
Cleaning of working area Cleaning techniques Tools used in cleaning
Waste materials management Types of waste materials
(recyclable, bio-degradable, non- bio-degradable)
Treatment of waste materials
o Brainstorming on the collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
o Group discussion on cleaning techniques
o Physical demonstration on the cleaning of the working area
o Practical exercises on collecting tools and equipment and waste disposal
o Documentary research on workplace cleaning techniques
- Books - Internet - User’s manual - Service manual - Journals - Cleaning tools
and materials
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
Resources Learning activities Content
435 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Clean the working area (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of cleaning tools
Selection of cleaning materials
Selection of cleaning equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials
Management of waste materials
Application of cleaning techniques
Selection of cleaning tools
Observation
436 | P a g e
LU 3: Report the work
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques 2. Provide the invoice according to the work done 3. Suggest the maintenance contract according to walkthrough
innstructions
4 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques
Elaboration of the maintenance report Format of the installation report
(Business full address, introduction, body, conclusion/recommendation/way forward)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the repair report
o Group discussion on the preparation of the repair report
o Documentary Research on reporting techniques
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes - Black board - Chalks - Pens - Computer - Paper - printer - Projector - Eraser - Samples of repair
report
Formative Assessment 3.1
Performance criterion
Report the work
Resources Learning activities Content
437 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Elaborate the walkthrough metal detector repair report (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of report
Respect of repair report format
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2 Provide the invoice according to the work done
Types of invoices Proforma invoice Invoice
Difference between proforma invoice and invoice
Elaboration of invoice /Proforma invoice
Format of the invoice (Business name, Tin number, company name and address, customer bank account, item
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the invoice
o Group discussion on the preparation of the invoice
o Practical exercises on invoice preparation
o Documentary Research on invoice
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Pens - Computer - Paper - printer - Samples of
invoice
Resources Learning activities Content
438 | P a g e
number, item name, item specification, item quantity, item unit price and item total price)
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Product evidence Task: Elaborate the invoice for walkthrough metal detector repair
activity (observation checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of invoices
Respect of invoice format
Observation
Performance criterion
Report the work
439 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3. Suggest the maintenance contract according to walkthrough
instructions
Manufacturers instructions on maintenance activities for different types of handheld detector
Suggestion/negotiation of the maintenance contract based on manufacturers instructions;
Elaboration of maintenance contract; Elements of the contract:
Obligation agreements of both parties
Job description Job timeframe Allocation of risks Insurance Price review and adjustments
when amendments is required
Full contact of contracting parties
Stamps and signature of contracting parties
Termination of contract
o Brainstorming on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on suggestion and negotiation of a maintenance contract
o Practical exercises on elaboration of maintenance contract
o Documentary research on maintenance contract
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of
maintenance contract
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Report the work
Resources Learning activities Content
440 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open question Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of recommended maintenance activities
Respect of maintenance contract format
Terms of contract
Proper suggestion of maintenance contract
Observation
Reference books:
1. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.
2. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.
441 | P a g e
E L O X R 4 0 1 - X-RAY LUGGAGE SCANNER REPAIR
ELOXR401 Repair X-ray luggage scanner
ELOXR Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 4 40
Sector: Technical Services
Sub-sector: Electronic Services
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to repair X-ray luggage
scanner. The learner will be able to select and arrange different materials, equipment and tools
used when repairing X-ray luggage scanner. Moreover, he/she will be able to troubleshoot
different faults of X-ray luggage scanner.
442 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Basics of digital electronics
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Prepare for X-ray luggage scanner repair
1.1 Proper identification of PPE according to the work to be done
1.2 Appropriate selection of tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be done
1.3 Proper preparation of the workplace according to the work to be done
2. Rectify the fault 2.1 Proper identification of the faults according to their types
2.2 Proper correction of defective part/device according to technical specifications
2.3 Appropriate testing of the X-ray luggage scanner according to the testing techniques
2.4 Proper cleaning of the working area according to the cleaning techniques
3. Report the work 3.1 Appropriate elaboration of the repair report according to reporting techniques.
3.2 Proper provision of the invoice according to the work done
3.3 Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to manufacturer instructions
443 | P a g e
LU 1: Prepare for X-ray luggage scanner repair
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify PPE according to the work to be done
2. Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to
be done
3. Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
5 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1 Identify PPE according to the work to be done
Types of PPE Gloves Helmet Safety shoes Overall Overcoat Goggles Nose mask Earmuff
Use of PPE
o Brainstorming on the types of PPE
o Group discussion on the use of PPE
o Physical demonstration of different types of PPE
o Documentary research on PPE
- Books - Black board - Chalk - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff
Resources Learning activities Content
444 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of gloves
Selection of nose mask
Selection of Goggles
Selection of overcoat/overall
Selection of safety shoes
Observation
Performance criterion
Prepare for X-ray luggage scanner repair
445 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2 Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be
done
Definition of tools, materials and equipment.
Types of tools and their use Screw drivers Pliers Allen keys Soldering iron Di-soldering pump Cleaning brush Magnifying glass
Types of equipment and their use
Digital multi-meter PPE Screwdriver machine Air blow gun Di-soldering gun
machine X-ray luggage scanner
Types of materials and their use Soldering tin Glue Silicon Insulator tape Screws Electronic components
Difference between tools, materials and equipment
o Brainstorming on the types of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Group discussion on the use of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Practical exercises on selection of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on X-ray luggage tools, materials and equipment
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Drilling machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Electronic
components - X-ray luggage scanner
Resources Learning activities Content
446 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of tools required for X-ray luggage scanner repair
Selection of materials required for X-ray luggage scanner repair
Selection of equipment required for X-ray luggage scanner repair
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
Arrangement techniques of tools, materials and equipment in the workplace
Arrangement by type Arrangement by manufacturer
instruction
Setup of workplace trespassing signs/notice
o Brainstorming on the arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Group discussion on the arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Practical exercises on the arrangement of tools,
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Prepare for X-ray luggage scanner repair.
447 | P a g e
materials and equipment o Documentary research on
X-rays luggage scanner on workplace preparation
- Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Pliers - Screwdriver
machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering
pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-
meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Electronic
components - X-rays luggage
scanner
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Prepare for X-ray luggage scanner repair
448 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Prepare the workplace for X-ray luggage scanner repair (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Arrangement of required tools
Arrangement of required materials
Arrangement of required equipment
Observation
449 | P a g e
LU 2: Rectify the fault
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify the faults according to their types
2. the defective part/device according to technical specifications
3. Test the X-rays luggage scanner according to the testing
techniques
4. Clean the working area according to the cleaning instructions
30 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1 Identify the faults according to their types
Introduction to X-ray luggage scanner operation
Main components and their functions;
Power supply Displaying unit Conveyor belt
system X-ray generator Collimator Linear detector Housing
Assembling, disassembling and fixing of X-ray luggage scanner according to manufacturer instructions
General faults that occur in X-ray
luggage scanner; Power supply fault Electronic circuitry
faults Sensitivity faults Displaying unit
o Brainstorming on working principle of X-ray luggage scanner and general faults that occur in X-rays luggage scanner.
o Group discussion on working principle of X-rays luggage scanner and general faults that occur in X-rays luggage scanner.
o Documentary research on X-rays luggage scanner faults
- Books - Blackboard - Chalks - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Manuals for X-rays luggage
scanner
Resources Learning activities Content
450 | P a g e
fault Conveyor belt
system faults
X-ray generator faults
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of power supply fault
Identification of display fault
Identification of sensitivity fault
Identification of electronics circuit fault
Identification of conveyor belt fault
Identification of X-ray generator fault
Observation
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
451 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2 : Adjust the defective part/device according to technical specifications
Replacement/adjustment of defective part/devices.
Testing techniques for X-ray luggage scanner;
Continuity testing Voltage measurement Functionality testing
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting of X-rays luggage scanner
- Books - Blackboard - Chalks - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Screwdriver
machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Electronic
components - X-rays luggage
scanner
Resources Learning activities Content
452 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Adjust the defective part/device of the X-ray luggage scanner
(checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Disassembling the X-ray luggage scanner
Replacement of the defective part/device
Adjustment of the defective part/device
Re-assembling the X-ray luggage scanner
Observation
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
453 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2. 3 Test the X-rays luggage scanner according to the testing techniques
Replacement/adjustment of defective part/devices.
Testing techniques for X-ray luggage scanner;
Continuity testing Voltage measurement Functionality testing
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting of X-rays luggage scanner
- Books - Blackboard - Chalks - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Screwdriver
machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering
pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-
meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Electronic
components - X-rays luggage
scanner
Resources Learning activities Content
454 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or
performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Test the X-ray luggage scanner (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Continuity testing
Voltage measurement
Functionality testing
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.4: Clean the working area according to the cleaning instructions
Tools, materials and equipment used to clean the workplace Vacuum cleaner Lags or cotton waste Cleaning solutions Brush
Collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials
o Brainstorming on the collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
o Group discussion on cleaning techniques
o Physical demonstration of the cleaning equipment and waste types
o Practical exercises on
- Books - Internet - User’s manual - Service manual - Journals - Vacuum cleaner - Lags or cotton
waste - Cleaning
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
455 | P a g e
(consumables)
Cleaning of working area Cleaning techniques Tools used in cleaning
Waste materials management Types of waste materials (recyclable,
bio-degradable, non- bio-degradable)
Treatment of waste materials
collecting tools and equipment and waste disposal
o Research on internet about X-ray luggage scanner working area cleaning
o Documentary Research on cleaning techniques
solutions - Brush
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Clean the working area (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of cleaning tools
Selection of cleaning materials
Selection of cleaning equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials
Management of waste materials
Application of cleaning techniques
Observation
Performance criterion
Rectify the fault
456 | P a g e
LU 3: Report the work done
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques 2. Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques 3. Suggest the maintenance contract according to manufacturer
instructions
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Configure the CCTV camera system according to the manufacturer’s
instructions
Elaboration of the maintenance report Format of the installation report
(Business full address, introduction, body, conclusion/recommendation/way forward)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the repair report
o Group discussion on the preparation of the repair report
o Documentary Research on reporting techniques
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Computer - Printer - Pens - paper - Samples of repair
report
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Report the work
Resources Learning activities Content
457 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Elaborate the X-ray luggage scanner repair report (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of report
Respect of repair report format
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2 : Provide the invoice according to the work done
Types of invoices Proforma invoice Invoice
The difference between invoice and Proforma
Elaboration of invoice /Proforma invoice Format of the invoice (Business
name, Tin number, company name and address, customer bank account, item number, item name, item specification, item quantity, item unit price and item total price)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the invoice
o Group discussion on the preparation of the invoice
o Practical exercises on cost estimation
o Documentary Research on invoice
- Books - Handout notes - Computer - Printer - Pens - paper - Internet - Samples of
invoice
Resources Learning activities Content
458 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Elaborate the invoice for X-ray luggage scanner repair activity
(checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of invoices
Respect of invoice format
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Suggest the maintenance contract according to manufacturer
instructions
Manufacturers instructions on maintenance activities for different types of X-ray luggage scanner system
Suggestion/negotiation of the maintenance contract based on manufacturers instructions;
Elaboration of maintenance contract;
o Brainstorming on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on suggestion and negotiation of a maintenance contract
o Practical exercises on
- Books - Handout notes - Computer - Printer - Pens - paper - Internet - Samples of
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Report the work
459 | P a g e
Elements of the contract: Obligation agreements of
both parties Job description Job timeframe Allocation of risks Insurance Price review and adjustments
when amendments is required
Full contact of contracting parties
Stamps and signature of contracting parties
Termination of contract
elaboration of maintenance contract
o Documentary Research on maintenance contract
maintenance contract
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview
Performance criterion
Report the work
460 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of recommended maintenance activities
Respect of maintenance contract format
Terms of contract
Proper suggestion of maintenance contract
Observation
Reference books: 1. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, AkaziKanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project. 2. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, AkaziKanoze – Youth Livelihoods
Project.
461 | P a g e
E L O D E 4 0 1 - BASICS OF DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
ELODE 401 Apply basics of digital electronics
RTQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 5 50
Sector: Technical services
Sub-sector: Electronic services
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This general module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to apply basics of digital
electronics. The trainee will be able to describe basic concepts of digital electronics, apply digital
arithmetic, basics of digital coding and apply different types of digital integrated circuit. This will allow
the trainee to easily pursue documentary learning at higher level.
462 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competence and perfomance criteria
Elements of competence describe the essential outcomes of a competence. Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the learning unit
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competency Performance criteria
1. Describe digital electronics
1.1 Proper differentiation of digital and analog electronics
1.2 Proper identification of digital electronics applications
1.3 Proper identification of numbering systems according to their types
1.4 Proper identification of basic digital coding according to their types
2. Apply digital arithmetic and basics of
digital coding
2.1 Proper conversion of numbering systems according to their types
2.2 Proper conversion of basic digital coding according to their types
2.3 Proper application of logic gates according to their types
3. Deal with complaints and difficult
customer service situations.
3.1 Proper engagement in active and participatory learning methods
3.2 Adequate description of the assessment procedures
4. Apply digital integrated circuits
4.1 Proper identification of digital integrated circuits according to their families
4.2 Proper implementation of fundamental logic gates according to their types
4.3 Proper application of frequently used digital integrated circuits according to their use
463 | P a g e
LU 1: Describe digital electronics
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Differentiate digital and analog electronics 2. Identify digital electronics applications 3. Identify basic digital coding according to their types
7 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Differentiate digital and analog electronics
Definition of analog electronics
Definition of digital electronics
Comparison between analog and
digital electronics
o Brainstorming on the
difference between analog
and digital electronics
o Group discussion on the
difference between analog
and digital electronics
o Documentary research on
digital electronics
- Books
- Internet
- Hand out notes
- White board
- Black board
- Chalks
- Projector
- Marker pen
- Eraser
- Flipchart
- Video aid
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper differentiation of digital and analog electronics.
Resources Learning activities Content
464 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written Oral or performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Definition of analog electronics
Definition of digital electronics
Comparison between analog and digital electronics
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Identify digital electronics applications.
Applications of digital electronics; Telecommunication
systems Telephone systems Broadcasting systems
Computerized systems Data processing systems Control systems
o Brainstorming on digital electronics application
o Group discussion on digital electronics application
o Documentary research on digital electronics application
- Books - Internet - Hand out notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid
Formative Assessment 1.2
Performance criterion
Proper identification of digital electronics applications
Resources Learning activities Content
465 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance
Oral evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of digital electronics applications in telecommunication systems
Identification of digital electronics applications in computerized systems
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Identify numbering systems according to their types
Definition of numbering system
Types of numbering systems Decimal numbering system Binary numbering system Octal numbering system Hexadecimal numbering
system
o Brainstorming on different types of numbering systems
o Group discussion on different types of numbering systems
o Documentary research on different types of numbering systems
- Books - Internet - Hand out notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid
Resources Learning activities Content
466 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance
Oral evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Definition of numbering system
Identification of Decimal numbering system
Identification of Binary numbering system
Identification of Octal numbering system
Identification of Hexadecimal numbering system
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.4:Identify basic digital coding according to their types
Definition of digital code Basic digital codes
Binary-code decimal code (BCD code)
Gray code
o Brainstorming on basic digital code
o Group discussion on basic digital code
o Documentary research on
- Books - Internet - Hand out notes - White board - Black board
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Proper identification of numbering systems according to their types.
467 | P a g e
Excess-3 code Bi-quinary code ASCII code
basic digital code
- Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid
Formative Assessment 1.4
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Performance
Oral
Written evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Definition of digital code
Identification of Binary-code decimal code (BCD code)
Identification of Gray code
Identification of Excess-3 code
Identification of Bi-quinary code
Identification of ASCII code
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper identification of basic digital coding according to their types
468 | P a g e
LU 2: Apply digital arithetic and basic digital coding
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Convert numbering systems according to their types 2. Convert basics digital coding according to their types 3. Apply logic gates according to their types
18 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Convert numbering systems according to their types
Conversion of different numbering systems
Decimal to binary conversion
Binary to decimal conversion
Decimal to octal conversion
Octal to decimal conversion
Octal to binary conversion
Binary to octal conversion
Decimal to hex conversion
Hex to decimal conversion
Hex to binary conversion Bin to hex conversion Hex to octal conversion Octal to hex conversion
o Brainstorming on conversion of different numbering systems
o Group discussion on conversion of different numbering systems
o Exercise on different conversion of numbering systems
o Documentary research on different numbering systems
- Books - Internet - Hand out notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid
Resources Learning activities Content
469 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.1
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Conversion Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Decimal to binary conversion
Binary to decimal conversion
Decimal to octal conversion
Octal to decimal conversion
Octal to binary conversion
Binary to octal conversion
Decimal to hex conversion
Hex to decimal conversion
Hex to binary conversion
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper conversion of numbering systems according to their types.
470 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2: Convert basic digital coding according to their types
Conversion between digital codes Binary-code decimal code
(BCD code) Gray code Excess-3 code Bi-quinary code ASCII code
o Brainstorming on conversion of numbering systems
o Group discussion on conversion of numbering systems
o Practical exercise on conversion of numbering systems
o Documentary research on basic digital coding
o Books o Internet o Hand out notes o White board o Black board o Chalks o Projector o Marker pen o Eraser o Flipchart o Video aid
Formative Assessment 2.2
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written performance Oral
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Conversion Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Conversion of BCD code to gray code and vice-versa
Conversion of BCD code to Excess-3 code and vice-versa
Conversion of ASCII code to BCD code and vice-versa
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper conversion of basic digital coding according to their types.
Resources Learning activities Content
471 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.3: Apply logic gates according to their types
Types of logic gates and their symbols
NOT gate OR gate AND gate NAND gate NOR gate XOR gate XNOR gate
Use logic gates in electronic circuits
o Brainstorming on different types of logic gates
o Group discussion on different types of logic gates
o Practical exercise on different types of logic gates
o Documentary research on different types of logic gates
- Books - Internet - Hand out notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - OR gate - AND gate - NOT gate - NAND gate - NOR gate - XOR and XNOR gate
Formative Assessment 2.3
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written performance Oral
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Conversion Expose (presentation) Interview
Performance criterion
Proper application of logic gates according to their types
Resources Learning activities Content
472 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of different types of logic gates
Identification of different logic gate symbols
Use of different logic gates
Observation
473 | P a g e
LU 3: Apply digital integreted circuits
3
Learning Outcomes:
1 Identify digital integrated circuits according to their families 2 Implement fundamental logic gate according to their types 3 Apply frequently used integrated circuits according to their use
25 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Engage in active and participatory learning methods
Introduction to digital integrated circuits
Families of digital integrated circuits
Diode Logic (DL) Resistor Transistor Logic
(RTL) Diode Transistor Logic
(DTL) Transistor Transistor
Logic (TTL) Emitter coupled Logic
(ECL) Complementary Metal
Oxide semiconductor Logic (CMOS)
Bipolar Complementary Metal Oxide semiconductor Logic (BiCMOS)
Integrated Injection Logic (I2L)
o Brainstorming on classification digital integrated circuits
o Group discussion on classification of digital integrated circuits
o Documentary research on classification of digital integrated circuits
- Books - Internet - Hand-out note - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid
Resources Learning activities Content
474 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.1
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Definition of digital integrated circuits
Identification of families of digital integrated circuits
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Implement fundamental logic gate according to their
types
Realization of logic gates using discrete components;
Resistors Diodes Transistors (BJTs or FETs)
o Brainstorming on different logic gate realization
o Group discussion on different logic gate realization
o Physical demonstration on different logic gate realization
o Documentary research on
- Books - Internet - Hand out note - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Whiteboard
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Proper identification of digital integrated circuits according to their families
475 | P a g e
different logic gate realization - Marker pen - Bread board - Digital Multimeter - Eraser - Resistors - Diodes - Transistors (BJTs or
FETs)
Formative Assessment 3.2
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Product
performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Implemented diagram Expose (presentation) Interview Task: implement any logic gate using discrete components (checklist) o Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Implementation of NOT gate using discrete component
Implementation of OR gate using discrete component
Implementation of NOR gate using discrete component
Implementation of AND gate using discrete component
Implementation of NAND gate using discrete component
Implementation of XOR logic gate using discrete component
Implementation of XNOR gate using discrete component
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper implementation of fundamental logic gates according to their
types.
476 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3: Apply frequently used digital integrated circuits
according to their use
Identification of frequently used digital ICs
74HCXX 74 LS XX CD4017 XX555 timer
Use of digital ICs in electronic circuits
o Brainstorming on frequently used digital integrated circuits
o Group discussion on frequently used digital integrated circuits
o Practical exercise on frequently used digital integrated circuits
- Books - Internet - Hand out note - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Bread board - Digital Multimeter - Whiteboard - Eraser - Marker pen - XX555 timer - CD4017 - 74XX logic family - Electronics Catalog
Formative Assessment 3.3
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open question Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Product evidence o Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Proper application of frequently used digital integrated circuits according to their use
Resources Learning activities Content
477 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Application of 74HCXX IC
Application of 74 LS XX IC
Application of CD4017 IC
Application of XX555 timer IC
Observation
References:
1. Volume I Basic electrical engineering in S.I. systems of units, B.L. Theraja, A.K. Theraja revised S.G Tarneka 2005
2. Fundamental of electrical and electronics principles, Third edition, Christopher R. Robertson 2008
478 | P a g e
E L O H R 4 0 1 - HANDHELD METAL DETECTOR REPAIR
ELOHR401 Repair handheld metal detector
RTQF Level: 4 Learning hours
Credits: 4 40
Sector: Technical services
Sub-sector: Electronic services
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to repair handheld metal
detector. The learner will be able to select and arrange different materials, equipment and tools used
when repairing handheld metal detector. Moreover, he/she will be able to troubleshoot different faults
of handheld metal detector.
479 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Basics of digital electronics
Elements of competence and perfomance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the
learning unit
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Prepare for handheld metal detector repair
1.1 Proper identification of PPE according to the work to be done
1.2 Appropriate selection of tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be done
1.3 Proper preparation of the workplace according to the work to be done
2. Rectify the fault 2.1 Proper identification of the faults according to their types
2.2 Correct adjustment/replacement of defective part/device according to technical specifications
2.3 Appropriate testing of the handheld metal detector according to the testing techniques
2.4 Proper cleaning of the working area according to the cleaning techniques.
3. Report the work 3.1 Appropriate elaboration of the repair report according to the reporting techniques.
3.2 Proper provision of the invoice according to the work done
3.3 Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to manufacturer instructions
480 | P a g e
LU 1: Prepare for handheld metal detector repair
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify PPE according to the work to be done 2. Select tools, equipment and materials according to the work to be
done 3. prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
4 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Identify PPE according to the work to be done
Types of PPE
Gloves Helmet Safety shoes Overall Overcoat Goggles Nose mask Earmuff
Use of PPE
o Brainstorming on the types of PPE
o Group discussion on the use of PPE
o Physical demonstration of different types of PPE
o Documentary research on PPE
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff
Content Learning activities Resources
481 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of gloves
Selection of nose mask
Selection of Goggles
Selection of overcoat/overall
Selection of safety shoes
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper identification of PPE according to the work to be done
482 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2: Select tools, equipment and materials according to the
work to be done
Definition of tools, material and equipment.
Types of tools and their use Screw drivers Pliers Allen keys Soldering iron Di-soldering pump Cleaning brush Magnifying glass
Types of equipment and their use Digital multi-meter PPE Screwdriver machine Air blow gun Di-soldering gun machine Handheld metal detector
Types of materials and their use Soldering tin Glue Silicon Insulator tape Screws Electronic components
Difference between tools, materials and equipment
o Brainstorming on the types of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Group discussion on the use of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Practical exercises on selection of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on tools, materials and equipment
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Electronic components - Handheld detector
Formative Assessment 1.2
Performance criterion
Proper identification of digital electronics applications
Resources Learning activities Content
483 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Select tools, equipment and materials needed for handheld metal detector repair (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of tools required for handheld metal detector repair
Selection of materials required for handheld metal detector repair
Selection of equipment required for handheld metal detector repair
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3:Prepare the workplace according to the work to be done
Arrangement techniques of tools, materials and equipment in the workplace
Arrangement by type Arrangement by
manufacturer instruction
o Brainstorming on the arrangement of different tools, materials and equipment.
o Group discussion on the handheld metal detector tools, materials and equipment arrangement.
o Practical exercises on arrangement of tools, materials and equipment
o Documentary research on handheld metal detector tools, materials and
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes
Resources Learning activities Content
484 | P a g e
equipment arrangement - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Pliers - Screwdriver machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Electronic components - Handheld detector
Formative Assessment 1.3
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Prepare the workplace for handheld metal detector repair (checklist)
Performance criterion
Proper preparation of the workplace according to the work to be done.
485 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Arrangement of required tools
Arrangement of required materials
Arrangement of required equipment
Observation
486 | P a g e
LU 2: Rectify the fault
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify the faults according to their types 2. Adjust/Repair the defective part/device according to the technical
specifications 3. Test the handheld metal detector according to the testing
techniques 4. Clean the working area according to the cleaning techniques 18 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1:Identify the faults according to their types
Introduction to handheld metal detector operation (main components and their functions)
General faults that occur in handheld metal detector system;
Battery failure Electronic circuit failure;
Open-circuit faults Short-circuit faults Sensor faults
o Brainstorming on working principle of handheld metal detector and general faults that occur in handheld metal detector.
o Group discussion on working principle of handheld metal detector and general faults that occur in handheld metal detector.
o Documentary research on handheld metal detector faults
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Manuals for
handheld metal detector
Formative Assessment 2.1
Performance criterion
Proper identification of the fault according to their types
Resources Learning activities Content
487 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of battery failure fault
Identification of open circuit fault
Identification of short circuit fault
Identification of sensor fault
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Adjust/replace the defective part/device according to
the technical specifications
Disassembling and assembling hand held metal detector
Soldering and disoldering different components of handheld metal detector.
Replacement of defective devices/components.
Testing techniques: Continuity testing Voltage measurement Functionality testing
o Practical exercises on dissembling and assembling of handheld metal detector
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting of handheld metal detector
o Practical exercises on testing techniques
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall
Resources Learning activities Content
488 | P a g e
- Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff - Screw drivers - Pliers - Screwdriver
machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering
pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-
meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Electronic
components - Handheld metal
detector
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking
Performance criterion
Proper adjustment / replacement of defective part/device according to the
technical specifications.
489 | P a g e
Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Adjust/ Replace the defective part/device of the handheld
metal detector (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Disassembling the handheld metal detector
Replacement of the defective part
Adjustment of the defective part
Re-assembling the handheld metal detector
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.3: Test the handheld metal detector according to the
testing techniques
Disassembling and assembling hand held metal detector
Soldering and disoldering different components of handheld metal detector.
Replacement of defective devices/components.
Testing techniques: Continuity testing Voltage measurement Functionality testing
o Practical exercises on dissembling and assembling of handheld metal detector
o Practical exercises on troubleshooting of handheld metal detector
o Practical exercises on testing techniques
- Books - Handout notes - White board - Black board - Chalks - Projector - Marker pen - Eraser - Flipchart - Video aid - Internet - Gloves - Helmet - Safety shoes - Overall - Overcoat - Goggles - Nose mask - Earmuff
Resources Learning activities Content
490 | P a g e
- Screw drivers - Pliers - Screwdriver
machine - Allen keys - Soldering iron - Di-soldering
pump - Di-soldering gun
machine - Air blow gun - Digital multi-
meter - Soldering tin - Glue - Silicon - Insulator tape - Screws - Electronic
components - Handheld metal
detector
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Test the handheld metal detector (checklist)
Performance criterion
Appropriate testing of the hand held metal detector according to the testing techniques
491 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Continuity testing
Voltage measurement
Functionality testing
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.4: Clean the working area according to the cleaning
techniques
Tools, materials and equipment used to clean the workplace Vacuum cleaner Lags or cotton waste Cleaning solutions Brush
Collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials (consumables)
Cleaning of working area Cleaning techniques Tools used in cleaning
Waste materials management Types of waste materials
(recyclable, bio-degradable, non- bio-degradable)
Treatment of waste materials
o Brainstorming on the collection and arrangement of tools and equipment
o Group discussion on cleaning techniques
o Physical demonstration on the cleaning of the working area
o Practical exercises on collecting tools and equipment and waste disposal
o Documentary research on workplace cleaning techniques
- Books - Internet - User’s manual - Service manual - Journals - Cleaning tools and
materials
Formative Assessment 2.4
Performance criterion
Proper cleaning of the working area according to the cleaning techniques
Resources Learning activities Content
492 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
performance
Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Expose (presentation) Interview Task: Clean the working area (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Selection of cleaning tools
Selection of cleaning materials
Selection of cleaning equipment
Arrangement of non-used materials
Management of waste materials
Application of cleaning techniques
Observation
493 | P a g e
LU 3: Report the work done
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Elaborate the repair report according to reporting techniques 2. Provide the invoice according to the work done 3. Suggest the maintenance contract according to manufacturer
instructions
18 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Elaborate the repair report according to reporting
techniques
Types of reports Written Oral
Elaboration of the repair report Format of repair report
Cover page presentation (Business full address)
Content ( introduction, body, conclusion/recommendation/way forward)
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the repair report
o Group discussion on the preparation of the repair report
o Documentary Research on reporting techniques
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of
repair report
Formative Assessment 3.1
Performance criterion
Proper elaboration of the repair report according to work to be done
Resources Learning activities Content
494 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Performance evidence Task: Elaborate the handheld metal detector repair report (checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of report
Respect of repair report format
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Provide the invoice according to the work done
Types of invoices Proforma invoice Invoice
Difference between proforma invoice and invoice
Elaboration of invoice /Proforma invoice
Format of the invoice (Business name, Tin number, company name and address, customer bank account, item
o Brainstorming on how to prepare the invoice
o Group discussion on types of the invoice
o Practical exercises on preparation of the invoice
o Documentary Research on invoice
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Black board - Chalks - Whiteboard - Marker pen - Eraser - Samples of invoice
Resources Learning activities Content
495 | P a g e
number, item name, item specification, item quantity, item unit price and item total price)
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview Product evidence Task: Elaborate the invoice for handheld metal detector repair
activity (observation checklist)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of types of invoices
Respect of invoice format
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper provision of invoice according to the work done
496 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3: Suggest the maintenance contract according to manufacturer
instructions
Manufacturers instructions on maintenance activities for different types of handheld detector
Suggestion/negotiation of the maintenance contract based on manufacturers instructions;
Elaboration of maintenance contract; Elements of the contract:
Obligation agreements of both parties
Job description Job timeframe Allocation of risks Insurance Price review and
adjustments when amendments is required
Full contact of contracting parties
Stamps and signature of contracting parties
Termination of contract
o Brainstorming on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on maintenance activities
o Group discussion on suggestion and negotiation of a maintenance contract
o Practical exercises on elaboration of maintenance contract
o Documentary research on maintenance contract
- Books - Handout notes - Internet - Samples of
maintenance contract
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Convenient suggestion of maintenance contract according to the
manufacturer’s instructions
Resources Learning activities Content
497 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written or performance
Written evidence Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Open question Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Interview
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of recommended maintenance activities
Respect of maintenance contract format
Terms of contract
Proper suggestion of maintenance contract
Observation
498 | P a g e
Summative Assessment
Integrated situation Resources
Falcon Trust Ltd Company located in Kigali city, Gasabo district,
Kimironko sector has assigned different tasks to its technicians. You as
one of them, you are requested to repair a single 9V battery, -35° F (-
37° C) to 158° F (70° C), 2kHz Warble Garrett super scanner Handheld
metal detector. The handheld metal detector in question is not turning
ON and it must be submitted to its owner within 3 hours. You must
also submit the repair report and invoice.
Note: The user manual of single 9V battery, -35° F (-37° C) to 158° F
(70° C), 2kHz Warble Garrett super scanner Handheld metal detector is
provided.
Tools, equipment and
materials:
- single 9V battery, -35° F
(-37° C) to 158° F (70°
C), 2kHz Warble Garrett
super scanner Handheld
metal detector
- Universal screw drivers
- Flat screw drivers
- Screw driving machine
- Universal pliers
- Cutting pliers
- Stripping pliers
- Blower
- Soldering iron
- Di-soldering pump
- Digital multimeter
- Cleaning brush
- Soldering gun
- Gun glue stick
- Gloves and nose mask
- Overcoat
- Goggles
- Safety shoes
Assesment Criterion 1: Quality of Process
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Tools, measurement instruments and PPE are selected
Opening tools
Cutting tools
Soldering and disoldering tools
Measurement instruments
PPE
Indicator: Tools, materials and equipment are arranged into the working area
Arrangement according to the type
Arrangement according to the use
Indicator: The handheld metal detector is disassembled
Unscrewing the cover
499 | P a g e
Removal of cover
Indicator : The fault / damaged part is identified
Application of fault identification techniques (visual inspection, testing or assumption)
Recognition of exact fault
Recognition of defected component
Indicator : The fault is rectified
Di-soldering of defected component
Replacement of defected component
Soldering of new component
Indicator : The handheld metal detector is tested
Functionality testing
Indicator : The handheld metal detector is re-assembled
Putting of cover
Screwing the cover
Indicator : Tools, equipment and working area are cleaned
Application of tools cleaning techniques
Application of equipment cleaning techniques
Application of working area cleaning techniques
use of solvent
Indicator : The work is handed over
Handover of the repaired equipment
Submission of the repair report
Provision of the invoice
Observation
500 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 2: Quality of product
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: The handheld metal detector is working
The handheld metal is detecting and providing sound/alarm
No new fault is introduced
Indicator: The handheld metal detector parts are fixed
Steadiness and fitness of motherboard
Steadiness and fitness of LEDs indicators
Steadiness and fitness of power switch (ON and OFF switch)
Steadiness and fitness of buzzer/speaker
Steadiness and fitness of cover
Observation
Assesment Criterion 2: Quality of Relevance
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator : Detected fault is rectified
The handheld metal detector is turning ON
Indicator : Repair report is completed
Filled invoice format
Indicator : Invoice is elaborated
Filled invoice format
Indicator : Materials/ tools/ and equipment are well used
Good management of waste materials
No tool/ equipment is lost
No tool/equipment is miss-used or damaged
Indicator : Time is respected
Required time 3 hours
Observation
501 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 4: Safety
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: PPE are used
Overcoat or overall
Gloves
Goggles
Safety shoes
Observation
Reference books: 1. www.garett.com; handheld metal detector user manual; 2002
2. http://www.garrett.com/securitysite/security_super_wand_main_en.aspx
3. www.garett.com; super scanner handheld metal detector user manual; 2011
Note:
GLOSSARY
Assessment: A process of gathering and judging
evidence in order to decide whether a person
has attained a standard of performance.
Assessment criteria: Statements which describe
performances and place them in context with
sufficient precision to allow valid and reliable
assessment.
Best practice: Management practices and work
processes that lead to outstanding or top-class
performance and provide examples for others.
Competency standard: An industry-determined
specification of performance which sets out the
skills, knowledge and attitudes required to
operate effectively in employment.
Competency standards are made up of units of
competency, which are themselves made up of
elements of competency, together with
performance criteria, a range of variables, and
an evidence guide.
Competency: means the ability to apply
knowledge, skills and personal, social and
methodological skills in the workplace or
during learning, as well as in personal and
professional development. This ability or
capacity is acquired through leaning, exposure
to the tasks and series of training allowing one
to perform specific task autonomously. Reason
why in the context of the CBE Framework
competencies are described as responsibility
and independence.
Competency-based assessment (or CBA): The
gathering and judging of evidence in order to
decide whether a person has achieved a
standard of competency.
Complementary competencies: Set of
knowledge, skills and attitudes which are not
directly linked to a specific occupation or
industry, but which are important for work,
education and life in general, such as
communication, mathematics, organizational
aptitude, and computer literacy, interpersonal
and analytical competency.
Core modules: Modules leading to
competencies’ acquisition that an industry
sector has agreed upon as essential for a person
to be accepted as competent at a particular
level. All modules may be core, but in many
cases competency at a level will involve core
modules plus optional or specialization
modules. Core competencies are normally
those central to work in a particular industry.
Credential: Formal certification issued for
successful achievement of a defined set of
outcomes, e.g. successful completion of a
course in recognition of having achieved
particular knowledge, skills or competencies;
successful completion of an apprenticeship or
traineeship.
Credit: The acknowledgement that a person has
satisfied the requirements of a module.
Curriculum: The specifications for a course or
subject (module) which describe all the learning
experiences a learner undergoes, generally
including objectives, content, intended learning
outcomes, teaching methodology,
recommended or prescribed assessment tasks,
assessment exemplars, etc.
Evidence guide: The part of a competency
standard which provides a guide to the
interpretation and assessment of the unit of
competency, including the aspects which need
to be emphasized in assessment, relationships
to other units, and the required evidence of
competency.
Flexible delivery: A range of approaches to
providing education and training, giving
learners greater choice of when, where and
how they learn. Flexible delivery may involve
distance education, mixed-mode delivery,
online education, self-paced learning, self-
directed learning, etc.
Formal education: Also formal training
education or training provided in educational
institutions such as schools, universities,
colleges, etc. or off the job in a workplace,
usually involving direction from a teacher or
instructor.
General competencies: competencies
correspond to larger operations that go beyond
the tasks, but generally contribute to their
implementation. These activities require more
fundamental learning and are generally
common to several tasks and transferable to
many work situations.
Generic modules: Modules leading to the
attainment of complementary competencies.
Informal education: The acquisition of
knowledge and skills through experience,
reading, social contact, etc.
Internship: An opportunity for a learner to
integrate career related experience by
participating in planned, supervised work.
Key competencies: Any of several generic skills
or competencies considered essential for
people to participate effectively in the
workforce. Key competencies apply to work
generally, rather than being specific to work in a
particular occupation or industry. The following
are key areas of competency which were
developed into seven key competencies:
collecting, analyzing and organizing
information; communicating ideas and
information; planning and organizing activities;
working with others and in teams; using
mathematical ideas and techniques; solving
problems; and using technology.
Knowledge: means the result of the adoption
of information through the learning process.
Knowledge is a set of facts, principles, theories
and practices related to area of work or study.
In CBE context lifelong learning knowledge is
described as theoretical and / or factual.
Learning outcomes: are statements of what
learner knows, understands and can perform,
based on the completion of the learning
process, defined by knowledge, skill and
competency.
Learning activities: Suggested activities that
can be developed during lesson planning and
activity preparation. The choice of learning
activities must be tailored according to group
size, available material resources and
communication tools.
Learning hours: Amount of hours required to
acquire the competency, including the time
allocated to evaluation, which is estimated
between 5 and 10% of the total learning time of
the competency.
Learning outcomes: Statements that indicate
what learners will know or be able to do as a
result of a learning activity. Learning outcomes
are usually expressed as knowledge, skills, or
attitudes.
Learning unit: Any of the basic building blocks
of a module, which describes the key activities
or the elements of the work covered by the
module
Module: A unit of training which corresponds to
one competency and which can be completed
on its own or linked to others.
Occupation: The principal business of one’s life.
Performance criteria The part of a competency
standard specifying the required level of
performance in terms of a set of outcomes
which need to be achieved in order to be
deemed competent. It describes the quality
requirements of the result obtained in labor
performance.
Qualification: means the formal name for the
result of a process of assessment and
validation, which is obtained when a competent
body determines that an individual has
achieved learning outcomes to the standards
laid down.
Quality assurance: The systems and procedures
designed and implemented by an organization
to ensure that its products and services are of a
consistent standard and are being continuously
improved.
Recognition of prior learning (or RPL): The
acknowledgement of a person’s skills and
knowledge acquired through previous training,
work or life experience, which may be used to
grant status or credit in a subject or module.
Skills: are the ability to apply knowledge and
use the principle of “know how” to perform a
specific task and to solve the problem. In
the context of the CBE Framework, skills are
defined as cognitive (involving the use of logical,
intuitive and creative thinking), practical
(including physical skill and use of methods,
materials, devices and instruments) and social
skills (communication and cooperation skills,
emotional intelligence and other).
Specific competencies: Competencies that are
directly related to the tasks of the occupation in
the workplace context. They refer to concrete,
practical, and focused aspects
Traineeship: A system of vocational training
combining off-the-job training at an approved
training provider with on-the-job training and
practical work experience. Traineeships
generally take one to two years and are now a
part of the New Apprenticeships system.
Unit of competency: A component of a
competency standard. A unit of competency is a
statement of a key function or role in a
particular job or occupation. See also element
of competency, performance criteria, range of
variables.
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY – WDA P. O. BOX 2707 Kigali Rwanda T +250 255113365 F +250 255113365 E [email protected] I www.wda.gov.rw
Workforce Development Authority
Empowering people with employable skills and entrepreneurship capacity